1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 ///
10 /// \file
11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
12 ///
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
16 #include "TreeTransform.h"
17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
41 using namespace clang;
42 using namespace sema;
43 
44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
47 /// name of the corresponding type.
48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
49                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
50                                               IdentifierInfo &Name) {
51   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
52 
53   // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
54   QualType Type;
55   switch (NNS->getKind()) {
56   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
57   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
58     Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
59     break;
60 
61   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
62     // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
63     // typename type for it.
64     assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
65     Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
66                                         NNS->getAsIdentifier());
67     break;
68 
69   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
70   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
71   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
72   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
73     llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
74   }
75 
76   // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
77   // final identifier in the qualified-id.
78   return CreateParsedType(Type,
79                           Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
80 }
81 
82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
83                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
84                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
85                                    Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
86                                    ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
87                                    bool EnteringContext) {
88   // Determine where to perform name lookup.
89 
90   // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
91   // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
92   // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
93   // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
94   // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
95   // this appears to be ill-formed:
96   //
97   //   namespace N {
98   //     template <typename T> struct S {
99   //       ~S();
100   //     };
101   //   }
102   //
103   //   void f(N::S<int>* s) {
104   //     s->N::S<int>::~S();
105   //   }
106   //
107   // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
108   // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
109   // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
110   QualType SearchType;
111   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
112   bool isDependent = false;
113   bool LookInScope = false;
114 
115   if (SS.isInvalid())
116     return nullptr;
117 
118   // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
119   // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
120   // we know what type we're looking for.
121   if (ObjectTypePtr)
122     SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
123 
124   if (SS.isSet()) {
125     NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
126 
127     bool AlreadySearched = false;
128     bool LookAtPrefix = true;
129     // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
130     //   If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
131     //   the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
132     //   nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
133     //
134     //     nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
135     //
136     //   the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
137     //
138     // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
139     // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
140     DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
141     if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
142       AlreadySearched = true;
143       LookupCtx = DC;
144       isDependent = false;
145     } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
146       LookAtPrefix = false;
147       LookInScope = true;
148     }
149 
150     // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
151     NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
152     if (AlreadySearched) {
153       // Nothing left to do.
154     } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
155       CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
156       PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
157       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
158       isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
159     } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
160       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
161       isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
162     } else {
163       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
164       isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
165     }
166   } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
167     // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
168     //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
169     //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
170     //   of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
171     //   also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
172     //   lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
173     //   cv-qualified) T.
174     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
175     isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
176     assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
177            "Caller should have completed object type");
178 
179     LookInScope = true;
180   } else {
181     // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
182     LookInScope = true;
183   }
184 
185   TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
186   LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
187   for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
188     // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
189     // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
190     // we're allowed to look there).
191     Found.clear();
192     if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
193       LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
194     else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
195       LookupName(Found, S);
196     else
197       continue;
198 
199     // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
200     if (Found.isAmbiguous())
201       return nullptr;
202 
203     if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
204       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
205       MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
206 
207       if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
208           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
209         // We found our type!
210 
211         return CreateParsedType(T,
212                                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
213       }
214 
215       if (!SearchType.isNull())
216         NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
217     }
218 
219     // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
220     // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
221     // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
222     // this is the destructor for that class.
223     // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
224     // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
225     if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
226       QualType MemberOfType;
227       if (SS.isSet()) {
228         if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
229           // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
230           if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
231             MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
232         }
233       }
234       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
235         MemberOfType = SearchType;
236 
237       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
238         continue;
239 
240       // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
241       // class template we found is the same as the template being
242       // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
243       if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
244         if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
245               = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
246           if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
247                 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
248             return CreateParsedType(
249                 MemberOfType,
250                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
251         }
252 
253         continue;
254       }
255 
256       // We're referring to an unresolved class template
257       // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
258       // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
259       // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
260       // has the same name.
261       if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
262             = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
263         TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
264 
265         // The class template we found is the same template being
266         // specialized.
267         if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
268           if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
269             return CreateParsedType(
270                 MemberOfType,
271                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
272 
273           continue;
274         }
275 
276         // The class template we found has the same name as the
277         // (dependent) template name being specialized.
278         if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
279                                     = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
280           if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
281               DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
282             return CreateParsedType(
283                 MemberOfType,
284                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
285 
286           continue;
287         }
288       }
289     }
290   }
291 
292   if (isDependent) {
293     // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
294     // anyway.
295 
296     // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
297     QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
298                                    SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
299                                    II, NameLoc);
300     return ParsedType::make(T);
301   }
302 
303   if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
304     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
305     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
306       << T << SearchType;
307     Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
308       << T;
309   } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
310     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
311       << &II;
312   else {
313     SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
314                                           diag::err_destructor_class_name);
315     if (S) {
316       const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
317       if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
318         DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
319                                                  Class->getNameAsString());
320     }
321   }
322 
323   return nullptr;
324 }
325 
326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS,
327                                               ParsedType ObjectType) {
328   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error)
329     return nullptr;
330 
331   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype_auto) {
332     Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_decltype_auto_invalid);
333     return nullptr;
334   }
335 
336   assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype &&
337          "unexpected type in getDestructorType");
338   QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
339 
340   // If we know the type of the object, check that the correct destructor
341   // type was named now; we can give better diagnostics this way.
342   QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
343   if (!SearchType.isNull() && !SearchType->isDependentType() &&
344       !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
345     Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
346       << T << SearchType;
347     return nullptr;
348   }
349 
350   return ParsedType::make(T);
351 }
352 
353 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
354                                   const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
355   assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
356 
357   if (!SS.isValid())
358     return false;
359 
360   switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
361   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
362   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
363   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
364     // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
365     // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
366     // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
367     // case where the scope is dependent.
368     Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
369       << SS.getScopeRep();
370     return true;
371 
372   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
373   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
374   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
375   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
376     return false;
377   }
378 
379   llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
380 }
381 
382 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
383 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
384                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
385                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
386                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
387   // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
388   //   The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
389   //   that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
390   //   If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
391   //   type, the class shall be completely-defined.
392   Qualifiers Quals;
393   QualType T
394     = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
395                                       Quals);
396   if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
397       RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
398     return ExprError();
399 
400   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
401     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);
402 
403   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
404                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
405 }
406 
407 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
408 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
409                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
410                                 Expr *E,
411                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
412   bool WasEvaluated = false;
413   if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
414     if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
415       ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
416       if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
417       E = result.get();
418     }
419 
420     QualType T = E->getType();
421     if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
422       CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
423       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
424       //   [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
425       //   shall be completely-defined.
426       if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
427         return ExprError();
428 
429       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
430       //   When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
431       //   polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
432       //   operand. [...]
433       if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
434         // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
435         // and recheck the subexpression.
436         ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
437         if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
438         E = Result.get();
439 
440         // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
441         MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
442         WasEvaluated = true;
443       }
444     }
445 
446     // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
447     //   [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
448     //   cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
449     //   std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
450     //   type.
451     Qualifiers Quals;
452     QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
453     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
454       T = UnqualT;
455       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
456     }
457   }
458 
459   if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
460     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
461                      << E->getType());
462   else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
463            E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
464     // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
465     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
466     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
467                               ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
468                               : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
469   }
470 
471   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
472                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
473 }
474 
475 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
476 ExprResult
477 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
478                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
479   // Find the std::type_info type.
480   if (!getStdNamespace())
481     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
482 
483   if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
484     IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
485     LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
486     LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
487     CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
488     // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
489     // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
490     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
491       LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
492       CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
493     }
494     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
495       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
496   }
497 
498   if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
499     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
500   }
501 
502   QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
503 
504   if (isType) {
505     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
506     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
507     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
508                                    &TInfo);
509     if (T.isNull())
510       return ExprError();
511 
512     if (!TInfo)
513       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
514 
515     return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
516   }
517 
518   // The operand is an expression.
519   return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
520 }
521 
522 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to
523 /// a single GUID.
524 static void
525 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT,
526                   llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) {
527   // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
528   const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();
529   if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
530     Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
531   else if (QT->isArrayType())
532     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
533 
534   const auto *TD = Ty->getAsTagDecl();
535   if (!TD)
536     return;
537 
538   if (const auto *Uuid = TD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) {
539     UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid);
540     return;
541   }
542 
543   // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments.
544   if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(TD)) {
545     const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
546     for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) {
547       const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr;
548       if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
549         getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs);
550       else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration)
551         getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs);
552 
553       if (UuidForTA)
554         UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA);
555     }
556   }
557 }
558 
559 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
560 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
561                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
562                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
563                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
564   StringRef UuidStr;
565   if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
566     llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
567     getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs);
568     if (UuidAttrs.empty())
569       return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
570     if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
571       return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
572     UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
573   }
574 
575   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr,
576                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
577 }
578 
579 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
580 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
581                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
582                                 Expr *E,
583                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
584   StringRef UuidStr;
585   if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
586     if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
587       UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000";
588     } else {
589       llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
590       getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs);
591       if (UuidAttrs.empty())
592         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
593       if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
594         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
595       UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
596     }
597   }
598 
599   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr,
600                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
601 }
602 
603 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
604 ExprResult
605 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
606                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
607   // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
608   if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
609     IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
610     LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
611     LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
612     MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
613     if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
614       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
615   }
616 
617   QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
618 
619   if (isType) {
620     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
621     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
622     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
623                                    &TInfo);
624     if (T.isNull())
625       return ExprError();
626 
627     if (!TInfo)
628       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
629 
630     return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
631   }
632 
633   // The operand is an expression.
634   return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
635 }
636 
637 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
638 ExprResult
639 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
640   assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
641          "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
642   return new (Context)
643       CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
644 }
645 
646 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
647 ExprResult
648 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
649   return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
650 }
651 
652 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
653 ExprResult
654 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
655   bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
656   if (Ex) {
657     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
658     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
659     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
660     //
661     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
662     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
663     //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
664     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
665     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
666     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
667     //       exception object
668     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
669       if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
670         if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
671           for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
672             if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
673               IsThrownVarInScope = true;
674               break;
675             }
676 
677             if (S->getFlags() &
678                 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
679                  Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
680                  Scope::TryScope))
681               break;
682           }
683         }
684       }
685   }
686 
687   return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
688 }
689 
690 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
691                                bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
692   // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
693   if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
694       !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
695     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
696 
697   // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code.
698   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
699     CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions)
700         << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget();
701 
702   if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
703     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";
704 
705   if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
706     QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
707     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
708       return ExprError();
709 
710     // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
711     // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
712 
713     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
714     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
715     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
716     //
717     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
718     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
719     //       catch-clause
720     //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
721     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
722     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
723     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
724     //       exception object
725     const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
726     if (IsThrownVarInScope)
727       NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false);
728 
729     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException(
730         OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
731         /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
732     ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
733         Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
734     if (Res.isInvalid())
735       return ExprError();
736     Ex = Res.get();
737   }
738 
739   return new (Context)
740       CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
741 }
742 
743 static void
744 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
745                    llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
746                    llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
747                    llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
748                    bool ParentIsPublic) {
749   for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
750     CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
751     bool NewSubobject;
752     // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject.  Non-virtual bases are
753     // always distinct subobjects.
754     if (BS.isVirtual())
755       NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
756     else
757       NewSubobject = true;
758 
759     if (NewSubobject)
760       ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
761 
762     // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
763     bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
764     if (PublicPath)
765       PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);
766 
767     // Recurse on to each base subobject.
768     collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
769                        PublicPath);
770   }
771 }
772 
773 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
774     CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
775   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
776   llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
777   llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
778   SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
779   PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
780   collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
781                      /*ParentIsPublic=*/true);
782 
783   for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
784     // Skip ambiguous objects.
785     if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
786       continue;
787 
788     Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
789   }
790 }
791 
792 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
793 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
794                                 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
795   //   If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
796   //   to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
797   QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
798   bool isPointer = false;
799   if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
800     Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
801     isPointer = true;
802   }
803   if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
804     if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
805                             isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
806                                       : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
807                             E->getSourceRange()))
808       return true;
809 
810     if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
811                                diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
812       return true;
813   }
814 
815   // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
816   CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
817   if (!RD)
818     return false;
819 
820   // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
821   // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
822   MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
823 
824   // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
825   if (isPointer)
826     return false;
827 
828   // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
829   if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
830     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
831       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
832       CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
833                             PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
834       if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
835         return true;
836     }
837   }
838 
839   // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
840   // object.  This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
841   // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
842   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
843     // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
844     // the exception object.  Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
845     // inaccessible are not catchable types.
846     llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
847     getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);
848 
849     for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
850       // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor.  Various pieces of machinery
851       // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
852       // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls.  Instead, we must perform
853       // lookup and overload resolution.
854       CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
855       if (!CD)
856         continue;
857 
858       // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
859       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);
860 
861       // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
862       // in the catchable type data.
863       if (CD->isTrivial())
864         continue;
865 
866       // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
867       // type to this constructor.
868       // N.B.  The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
869       // particular throw-site.  Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
870       // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
871       // friendship or any other means).
872       Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);
873 
874       // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
875       // we must rebuild them here.
876       for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
877         if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)))
878           return true;
879       }
880     }
881   }
882 
883   return false;
884 }
885 
886 static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(
887     ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy,
888     DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) {
889 
890   QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
891   LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr;
892   DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext;
893 
894   // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to
895   // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since
896   // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object.
897   // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its
898   // member function.  We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate
899   // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this'
900   // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that
901   // capturing lamdbda's call operator.
902   //
903 
904   // The issue is that we cannot rely entirely on the FunctionScopeInfo stack
905   // since ScopeInfos are pushed on during parsing and treetransforming. But
906   // since a generic lambda's call operator can be instantiated anywhere (even
907   // end of the TU) we need to be able to examine its enclosing lambdas and so
908   // we use the DeclContext to get a hold of the closure-class and query it for
909   // capture information.  The reason we don't just resort to always using the
910   // DeclContext chain is that it is only mature for lambda expressions
911   // enclosing generic lambda's call operators that are being instantiated.
912 
913   for (int I = FunctionScopes.size();
914        I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
915        CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) {
916     CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
917 
918     if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured())
919         continue;
920 
921     auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture();
922 
923     if (C.isCopyCapture()) {
924       ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
925       if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst())
926         ClassType.addConst();
927       return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
928     }
929   }
930   // We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can
931   // happen during instantiation of generic lambdas)
932   if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) {
933     assert(CurLSI);
934     assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator));
935     assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator));
936 
937     auto IsThisCaptured =
938         [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) {
939       IsConst = false;
940       IsByCopy = false;
941       for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) {
942         if (C.capturesThis()) {
943           if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis)
944             IsByCopy = true;
945           if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst())
946             IsConst = true;
947           return true;
948         }
949       }
950       return false;
951     };
952 
953     bool IsByCopyCapture = false;
954     bool IsConstCapture = false;
955     CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent());
956     while (Closure &&
957            IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) {
958       if (IsByCopyCapture) {
959         ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
960         if (IsConstCapture)
961           ClassType.addConst();
962         return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
963       }
964       Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent())
965                     ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent())
966                     : nullptr;
967     }
968   }
969   return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
970 }
971 
972 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
973   DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
974   QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
975 
976   if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
977     if (method && method->isInstance())
978       ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
979   }
980 
981   if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) &&
982       !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
983 
984     assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) &&
985            "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?");
986 
987     // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default
988     // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover
989     // the 'this' type from it.
990 
991     QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC));
992     // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
993     // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
994     ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
995   }
996 
997   // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this'
998   // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's
999   // captures '*this' by copy.
1000   if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext))
1001     return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy,
1002                                                     CurContext, Context);
1003   return ThisTy;
1004 }
1005 
1006 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
1007                                          Decl *ContextDecl,
1008                                          unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
1009                                          bool Enabled)
1010   : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
1011 {
1012   if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
1013     return;
1014 
1015   CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
1016   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
1017     Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
1018   else
1019     Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
1020 
1021   // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else.
1022   CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask;
1023   S.CXXThisTypeOverride
1024     = S.Context.getPointerType(
1025         S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals));
1026 
1027   this->Enabled = true;
1028 }
1029 
1030 
1031 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
1032   if (Enabled) {
1033     S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
1034   }
1035 }
1036 
1037 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
1038                          QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc,
1039                          const bool ByCopy) {
1040 
1041   QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy;
1042   // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by
1043   // copy').
1044   QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy;
1045   if (ByCopy) {
1046     // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any
1047     // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type
1048     // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'.
1049     CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
1050     CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
1051     AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy);
1052   }
1053 
1054   FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(
1055       Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy,
1056       Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false,
1057       ICIS_NoInit);
1058 
1059   Field->setImplicit(true);
1060   Field->setAccess(AS_private);
1061   RD->addDecl(Field);
1062   Expr *This =
1063       new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true);
1064   if (ByCopy) {
1065     Expr *StarThis =  S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc,
1066                                       UO_Deref,
1067                                       This).get();
1068     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture(
1069       nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc);
1070     InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc);
1071     InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
1072     ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
1073     if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr;
1074     return ER.get();
1075   }
1076   return This;
1077 }
1078 
1079 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit,
1080     bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt,
1081     const bool ByCopy) {
1082   // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
1083   if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
1084     return true;
1085 
1086   assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value");
1087 
1088   const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ?
1089     *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
1090 
1091   // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this')
1092   // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at
1093   // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack.
1094 
1095   // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a
1096   // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation:
1097   //    [*this] { ... }.
1098   // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference
1099   // capture.
1100 
1101   // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes
1102   // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if:
1103   // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object*
1104   // -  or, 'L' has an implicit capture.
1105   // AND
1106   //   -- there is no enclosing closure
1107   //   -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the
1108   //      *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E'
1109   //      and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*.
1110   //   -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the
1111   //      *enclosing object*
1112 
1113 
1114   unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0;
1115   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) {
1116     if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
1117             dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
1118       if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
1119         // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
1120         CSI->Captures[CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex - 1].markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose);
1121         break;
1122       }
1123       LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
1124       if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
1125         // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1126         if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1127           Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1128               << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1129         return true;
1130       }
1131       if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
1132           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
1133           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
1134           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
1135           (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) {
1136         // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first
1137         // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures,
1138         // if any, must perform implicit captures.
1139 
1140         // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
1141         NumCapturingClosures++;
1142         continue;
1143       }
1144       // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1145       if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1146         Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1147             << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1148       return true;
1149     }
1150     break;
1151   }
1152   if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
1153 
1154   // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the
1155   // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it
1156   // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures).
1157 
1158   // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting
1159   // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below).  Ignore it for
1160   // all enclosing closure's up to NumCapturingClosures (since they must be
1161   // implicitly capturing the *enclosing  object* by reference (see loop
1162   // above)).
1163   assert((!ByCopy ||
1164           dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) &&
1165          "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by "
1166          "*this) by copy");
1167   // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated
1168   // contexts.
1169   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1170   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
1171       --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
1172     CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
1173     Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr;
1174 
1175     if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
1176       // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression,
1177       // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first
1178       // iteration.
1179       ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc,
1180                              ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1181 
1182     } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
1183         = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]))
1184       ThisExpr =
1185           captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc,
1186                       false/*ByCopy*/);
1187 
1188     bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1;
1189     CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy);
1190   }
1191   return false;
1192 }
1193 
1194 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
1195   /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
1196   /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
1197   /// which the function is called.
1198 
1199   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1200   if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
1201 
1202   CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
1203   return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false);
1204 }
1205 
1206 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
1207   // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
1208   // type for 'this'.
1209   if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
1210     return false;
1211 
1212   // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
1213   // defined.
1214   CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1215   return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
1216 }
1217 
1218 ExprResult
1219 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
1220                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1221                                 MultiExprArg exprs,
1222                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1223   if (!TypeRep)
1224     return ExprError();
1225 
1226   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1227   QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
1228   if (!TInfo)
1229     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
1230 
1231   // Handle errors like: int({0})
1232   if (exprs.size() == 1 && !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(Ty) &&
1233       LParenLoc.isValid() && RParenLoc.isValid())
1234     if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(exprs[0])) {
1235       Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens)
1236           << Ty << IList->getSourceRange()
1237           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LParenLoc)
1238           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc);
1239       LParenLoc = RParenLoc = SourceLocation();
1240     }
1241 
1242   auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
1243   // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos.
1244   // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without
1245   // checking for embedded typos.
1246   if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() &&
1247       !Result.get()->isTypeDependent())
1248     Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get());
1249   return Result;
1250 }
1251 
1252 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
1253 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
1254 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
1255 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
1256 ExprResult
1257 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1258                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1259                                 MultiExprArg Exprs,
1260                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1261   QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
1262   SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
1263 
1264   if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
1265     return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs,
1266                                               RParenLoc);
1267   }
1268 
1269   bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid();
1270   assert((!ListInitialization ||
1271           (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) &&
1272          "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
1273   SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc,
1274       ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc);
1275 
1276   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
1277   InitializationKind Kind =
1278       Exprs.size()
1279           ? ListInitialization
1280                 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc)
1281                 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc,
1282                                                    RParenLoc)
1283           : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1284 
1285   // C++1z [expr.type.conv]p1:
1286   //   If the type is a placeholder for a deduced class type, [...perform class
1287   //   template argument deduction...]
1288   DeducedType *Deduced = Ty->getContainedDeducedType();
1289   if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
1290     Ty = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TInfo, Entity,
1291                                                      Kind, Exprs);
1292     if (Ty.isNull())
1293       return ExprError();
1294     Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo, Ty);
1295   }
1296 
1297   // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
1298   // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
1299   // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
1300   // corresponding cast expression.
1301   if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) {
1302     Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
1303     return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, Ty, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
1304   }
1305 
1306   // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a
1307   //   simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete
1308   //   object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue
1309   //   of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing
1310   //   an object of type T.
1311   QualType ElemTy = Ty;
1312   if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
1313     if (!ListInitialization)
1314       return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
1315                             diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
1316     ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
1317   }
1318 
1319   if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType())
1320     return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type)
1321                      << FullRange);
1322 
1323   if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
1324       RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
1325                           diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
1326     return ExprError();
1327 
1328   InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1329   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1330 
1331   if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization)
1332     return Result;
1333 
1334   Expr *Inner = Result.get();
1335   if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
1336     Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
1337   if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) {
1338     // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
1339     // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
1340     // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
1341     //
1342     // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
1343     // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
1344     // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
1345     // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
1346     QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
1347     Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
1348         Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(Ty), TInfo,
1349         CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1350   }
1351 
1352   return Result;
1353 }
1354 
1355 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1356 /// deallocation function.
1357 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
1358   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
1359     return false;
1360 
1361   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1362     return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
1363 
1364   if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
1365       FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
1366     return false;
1367 
1368   unsigned UsualParams = 1;
1369 
1370   if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
1371       S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1372           FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
1373           S.Context.getSizeType()))
1374     ++UsualParams;
1375 
1376   if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
1377       S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1378           FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
1379           S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT())))
1380     ++UsualParams;
1381 
1382   return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams();
1383 }
1384 
1385 namespace {
1386   struct UsualDeallocFnInfo {
1387     UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {}
1388     UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found)
1389         : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())),
1390           HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false), CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) {
1391       // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function.
1392       if (!FD)
1393         return;
1394       if (FD->getNumParams() == 3)
1395         HasAlignValT = HasSizeT = true;
1396       else if (FD->getNumParams() == 2) {
1397         HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isIntegerType();
1398         HasAlignValT = !HasSizeT;
1399       }
1400 
1401       // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this.
1402       if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA)
1403         if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
1404           CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD);
1405     }
1406 
1407     operator bool() const { return FD; }
1408 
1409     bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize,
1410                       bool WantAlign) const {
1411       // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
1412       //   If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter
1413       //   of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without
1414       //   such a parameter is preferred
1415       if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT)
1416         return HasAlignValT == WantAlign;
1417 
1418       if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT)
1419         return HasSizeT == WantSize;
1420 
1421       // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker.
1422       return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref;
1423     }
1424 
1425     DeclAccessPair Found;
1426     FunctionDecl *FD;
1427     bool HasSizeT, HasAlignValT;
1428     Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref;
1429   };
1430 }
1431 
1432 /// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when
1433 /// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee
1434 /// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is
1435 /// not known.
1436 static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) {
1437   return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
1438          S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) >
1439              S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
1440 }
1441 
1442 /// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of
1443 /// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope).
1444 static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload(
1445     Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign,
1446     llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) {
1447   UsualDeallocFnInfo Best;
1448 
1449   for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1450     UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair());
1451     if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) ||
1452         Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never)
1453       continue;
1454 
1455     if (!Best) {
1456       Best = Info;
1457       if (BestFns)
1458         BestFns->push_back(Info);
1459       continue;
1460     }
1461 
1462     if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign))
1463       continue;
1464 
1465     //   If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred
1466     //   functions are eliminated from further consideration.
1467     if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign))
1468       BestFns->clear();
1469 
1470     Best = Info;
1471     if (BestFns)
1472       BestFns->push_back(Info);
1473   }
1474 
1475   return Best;
1476 }
1477 
1478 /// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call
1479 /// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that
1480 /// we need to store the array size (even if the type is
1481 /// trivially-destructible).
1482 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
1483                                          QualType allocType) {
1484   const RecordType *record =
1485     allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
1486   if (!record) return false;
1487 
1488   // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
1489 
1490   DeclarationName deleteName =
1491     S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
1492   LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1493   S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
1494 
1495   // We're just doing this for information.
1496   ops.suppressDiagnostics();
1497 
1498   // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
1499   if (ops.empty()) return false;
1500 
1501   // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
1502   // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
1503   if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
1504 
1505   // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
1506   //   If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
1507   //   parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
1508   auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload(
1509       S, ops, /*WantSize*/false,
1510       /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType));
1511   return Best && Best.HasSizeT;
1512 }
1513 
1514 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
1515 ///
1516 /// E.g.:
1517 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
1518 /// or
1519 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
1520 ///
1521 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
1522 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
1523 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
1524 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
1525 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
1526 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
1527 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
1528 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
1529 ///   if there is none.
1530 ExprResult
1531 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
1532                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1533                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1534                   Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
1535   Expr *ArraySize = nullptr;
1536   // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
1537   if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
1538       D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
1539     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
1540     if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec())
1541       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
1542         << D.getSourceRange());
1543     if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
1544       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
1545         << D.getSourceRange());
1546     if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
1547       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
1548         << D.getSourceRange());
1549 
1550     ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
1551     D.DropFirstTypeObject();
1552   }
1553 
1554   // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
1555   if (ArraySize) {
1556     for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
1557       if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
1558         break;
1559 
1560       DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
1561       if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
1562         if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
1563           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1564 	    // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
1565 	    //   shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
1566 	    //   and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
1567             unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
1568             assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1569             llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
1570             Array.NumElts
1571              = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
1572                                                 CCEK_NewExpr)
1573                  .get();
1574           } else {
1575             Array.NumElts
1576               = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
1577                                                 diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
1578                   .get();
1579           }
1580           if (!Array.NumElts)
1581             return ExprError();
1582         }
1583       }
1584     }
1585   }
1586 
1587   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
1588   QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
1589   if (D.isInvalidType())
1590     return ExprError();
1591 
1592   SourceRange DirectInitRange;
1593   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1594     DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();
1595     // Handle errors like: new int a({0})
1596     if (List->getNumExprs() == 1 &&
1597         !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(AllocType))
1598       if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(List->getExpr(0))) {
1599         Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens)
1600             << AllocType << List->getSourceRange()
1601             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocStart())
1602             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocEnd());
1603         DirectInitRange = SourceRange();
1604         Initializer = IList;
1605       }
1606   }
1607 
1608   return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal,
1609                      PlacementLParen,
1610                      PlacementArgs,
1611                      PlacementRParen,
1612                      TypeIdParens,
1613                      AllocType,
1614                      TInfo,
1615                      ArraySize,
1616                      DirectInitRange,
1617                      Initializer);
1618 }
1619 
1620 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
1621                                        Expr *Init) {
1622   if (!Init)
1623     return true;
1624   if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
1625     return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
1626   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
1627     return true;
1628   else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
1629     return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
1630            CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
1631   else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
1632     assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
1633            "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
1634     return true;
1635   }
1636   return false;
1637 }
1638 
1639 ExprResult
1640 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
1641                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
1642                   MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1643                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
1644                   SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1645                   QualType AllocType,
1646                   TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
1647                   Expr *ArraySize,
1648                   SourceRange DirectInitRange,
1649                   Expr *Initializer) {
1650   SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
1651   SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();
1652 
1653   CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
1654   if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
1655     assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
1656     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
1657   } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
1658     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
1659   else {
1660     assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
1661             isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
1662            "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
1663     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
1664   }
1665 
1666   Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
1667   unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
1668   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1669     assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
1670     Inits = List->getExprs();
1671     NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
1672   }
1673 
1674   // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
1675   //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1676   //   object as follows:
1677   InitializationKind Kind
1678   //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1679   //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1680   //       the object has indeterminate value
1681     = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
1682         ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
1683   //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
1684   //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
1685         : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
1686             ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin())
1687             : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
1688                                                DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
1689                                                DirectInitRange.getEnd());
1690 
1691   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
1692   auto *Deduced = AllocType->getContainedDeducedType();
1693   if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
1694     if (ArraySize)
1695       return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getExprLoc(),
1696                             diag::err_deduced_class_template_compound_type)
1697                        << /*array*/ 2 << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1698 
1699     InitializedEntity Entity
1700       = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, AllocType);
1701     AllocType = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(
1702         AllocTypeInfo, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1703     if (AllocType.isNull())
1704       return ExprError();
1705   } else if (Deduced) {
1706     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
1707       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
1708                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1709     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit ||
1710         (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])))
1711       return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1712                             diag::err_auto_new_list_init)
1713                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1714     if (NumInits > 1) {
1715       Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
1716       return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(),
1717                             diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
1718                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1719     }
1720     Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
1721     QualType DeducedType;
1722     if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
1723       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
1724                        << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
1725                        << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
1726     if (DeducedType.isNull())
1727       return ExprError();
1728     AllocType = DeducedType;
1729   }
1730 
1731   // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
1732   // typedef of an array type.
1733   if (!ArraySize) {
1734     if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
1735                               = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
1736       ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
1737                                          Context.getSizeType(),
1738                                          TypeRange.getEnd());
1739       AllocType = Array->getElementType();
1740     }
1741   }
1742 
1743   if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
1744     return ExprError();
1745 
1746   if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit &&
1747       isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) {
1748     Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1749          diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list)
1750         << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange();
1751   }
1752 
1753   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
1754   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
1755       AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1756       AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
1757     AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
1758                                     AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
1759   }
1760 
1761   QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
1762 
1763   if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
1764     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
1765     if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
1766     ArraySize = result.get();
1767   }
1768   // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
1769   //   integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
1770   // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
1771   //   enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
1772   //   conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
1773   // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
1774   //   std::size_t.
1775   llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize;
1776   if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
1777     ExprResult ConvertedSize;
1778     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1779       assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1780 
1781       ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
1782 						AA_Converting);
1783 
1784       if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
1785           ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
1786         // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
1787         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
1788           << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
1789     } else {
1790       class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1791       protected:
1792         Expr *ArraySize;
1793 
1794       public:
1795         SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
1796             : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
1797               ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
1798 
1799         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1800                                              QualType T) override {
1801           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
1802                    << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
1803         }
1804 
1805         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
1806             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1807           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
1808                    << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1809         }
1810 
1811         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1812             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
1813           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
1814         }
1815 
1816         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
1817             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1818           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1819                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1820         }
1821 
1822         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
1823             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1824           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
1825         }
1826 
1827         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
1828             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1829           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1830                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1831         }
1832 
1833         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1834                                                  QualType T,
1835                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
1836           return S.Diag(Loc,
1837                         S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
1838                           ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
1839                           : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
1840                    << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1841         }
1842       } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize);
1843 
1844       ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize,
1845                                                           SizeDiagnoser);
1846     }
1847     if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
1848       return ExprError();
1849 
1850     ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
1851     QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
1852 
1853     if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
1854       return ExprError();
1855 
1856     // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
1857     //   The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
1858     //   with a non-negative value.
1859     //
1860     // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand,
1861     // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an
1862     // unparenthesized array type.
1863     if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
1864       llvm::APSInt Value;
1865       // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
1866       // unscoped enumeration type.
1867       // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to
1868       // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in
1869       // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here!
1870       if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
1871         if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
1872           return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1873                                 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
1874                            << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1875         }
1876 
1877         if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
1878           unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
1879             ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
1880           if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context))
1881             return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1882                                   diag::err_array_too_large)
1883                              << Value.toString(10)
1884                              << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1885         }
1886 
1887         KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue();
1888       } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
1889         // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
1890         Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
1891           << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
1892           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
1893           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
1894 
1895         TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
1896       }
1897     }
1898 
1899     // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
1900     // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
1901   }
1902 
1903   FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
1904   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1905   unsigned Alignment =
1906       AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType);
1907   unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
1908   bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
1909                        Alignment > NewAlignment;
1910 
1911   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1912       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
1913       FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
1914                               SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
1915                               UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment,
1916                               PlacementArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
1917     return ExprError();
1918 
1919   // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
1920   // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
1921   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
1922   if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
1923     UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
1924         doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
1925 
1926   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
1927   if (OperatorNew) {
1928     const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
1929         OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1930     VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
1931                                                     : VariadicDoesNotApply;
1932 
1933     // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
1934     // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
1935     // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the
1936     // alignment; we've already filled it in.
1937     if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto,
1938                                PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs,
1939                                AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
1940       return ExprError();
1941 
1942     if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
1943       PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;
1944 
1945     // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
1946     DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);
1947 
1948     // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
1949 
1950     // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned)
1951     // global operator new.
1952     if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment &&
1953         (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
1954          (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() &&
1955           getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) {
1956       if (Alignment > NewAlignment)
1957         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
1958             << AllocType
1959             << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth())
1960             << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth());
1961     }
1962   }
1963 
1964   // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
1965   // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
1966   // dialect distinction.
1967   if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
1968     SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1969                           Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
1970     Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
1971     return ExprError();
1972   }
1973 
1974   // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
1975   // do it now.
1976   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1977       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
1978           llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
1979     // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound.
1980     QualType InitType;
1981     if (KnownArraySize)
1982       InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(
1983           AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()),
1984                                  *KnownArraySize),
1985           ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1986     else if (ArraySize)
1987       InitType =
1988           Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1989     else
1990       InitType = AllocType;
1991 
1992     InitializedEntity Entity
1993       = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
1994     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind,
1995                                    MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1996     ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
1997                                           MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1998     if (FullInit.isInvalid())
1999       return ExprError();
2000 
2001     // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
2002     // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
2003     // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place.
2004     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
2005             dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
2006       FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
2007 
2008     Initializer = FullInit.get();
2009   }
2010 
2011   // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
2012   if (OperatorNew) {
2013     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
2014       return ExprError();
2015     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
2016   }
2017   if (OperatorDelete) {
2018     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
2019       return ExprError();
2020     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
2021   }
2022 
2023   // C++0x [expr.new]p17:
2024   //   If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
2025   //   access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
2026   QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
2027   if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) {
2028     if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2029       if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(
2030               cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) {
2031         MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
2032         CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor,
2033                               PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
2034                                 << BaseAllocType);
2035         if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc))
2036           return ExprError();
2037       }
2038     }
2039   }
2040 
2041   return new (Context)
2042       CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, PassAlignment,
2043                  UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
2044                  ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
2045                  Range, DirectInitRange);
2046 }
2047 
2048 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
2049 /// in a new-expression.
2050 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
2051                               SourceRange R) {
2052   // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
2053   //   abstract class type or array thereof.
2054   if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
2055     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
2056       << AllocType << 0 << R;
2057   else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
2058     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
2059       << AllocType << 1 << R;
2060   else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
2061            RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
2062     return true;
2063   else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
2064                                   diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
2065     return true;
2066   else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
2067     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
2068              << AllocType;
2069   else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
2070     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
2071       << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
2072   else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
2073     if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
2074       QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
2075       if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
2076           BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
2077         return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
2078           << BaseAllocType;
2079     }
2080   }
2081 
2082   return false;
2083 }
2084 
2085 static bool
2086 resolveAllocationOverload(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range,
2087                           SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, bool &PassAlignment,
2088                           FunctionDecl *&Operator,
2089                           OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates = nullptr,
2090                           Expr *AlignArg = nullptr) {
2091   OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
2092                                   OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
2093   for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2094        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2095     // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
2096     // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
2097     NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2098 
2099     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2100       S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
2101                                      /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
2102                                      Candidates,
2103                                      /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2104       continue;
2105     }
2106 
2107     FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2108     S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
2109                            /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2110   }
2111 
2112   // Do the resolution.
2113   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2114   switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
2115   case OR_Success: {
2116     // Got one!
2117     FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
2118     if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(),
2119                                 Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible)
2120       return true;
2121 
2122     Operator = FnDecl;
2123     return false;
2124   }
2125 
2126   case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2127     // C++17 [expr.new]p13:
2128     //   If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has
2129     //   new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the
2130     //   argument list, and overload resolution is performed again.
2131     if (PassAlignment) {
2132       PassAlignment = false;
2133       AlignArg = Args[1];
2134       Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
2135       return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
2136                                        Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg);
2137     }
2138 
2139     // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
2140     // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
2141     // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
2142     // will not replicate that bug.
2143     // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback
2144     // once MSVC implements it.
2145     if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New &&
2146         S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
2147       R.clear();
2148       R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New));
2149       S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2150       // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions.
2151       return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
2152                                        Operator, nullptr);
2153     }
2154 
2155     S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
2156       << R.getLookupName() << Range;
2157 
2158     // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates
2159     // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from
2160     // Candidates.
2161     if (AlignedCandidates) {
2162       auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) {
2163         return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 &&
2164                C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT();
2165       };
2166       auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); };
2167 
2168       // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates
2169       // first.
2170       Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg);
2171       AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "",
2172                                         R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned);
2173       Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
2174       Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(),
2175                                 IsUnaligned);
2176     } else {
2177       Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2178     }
2179     return true;
2180 
2181   case OR_Ambiguous:
2182     S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
2183       << R.getLookupName() << Range;
2184     Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
2185     return true;
2186 
2187   case OR_Deleted: {
2188     S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
2189       << Best->Function->isDeleted()
2190       << R.getLookupName()
2191       << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
2192       << Range;
2193     Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2194     return true;
2195   }
2196   }
2197   llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
2198 }
2199 
2200 
2201 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
2202 /// that are appropriate for the allocation.
2203 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
2204                                    bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
2205                                    bool IsArray, bool &PassAlignment,
2206                                    MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
2207                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
2208                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
2209   // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
2210   // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
2211   // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
2212   //   in the scope of the allocated class.
2213   // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
2214   //   operator new.
2215   // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
2216   //   placement form.
2217 
2218   SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs;
2219   AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size());
2220 
2221   // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments.
2222   // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
2223   // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
2224   // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if.
2225   IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
2226                       Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
2227                       Context.getSizeType(),
2228                       SourceLocation());
2229   AllocArgs.push_back(&Size);
2230 
2231   QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy;
2232   if (PassAlignment) {
2233     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2234     AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT());
2235   }
2236   CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation());
2237   if (PassAlignment)
2238     AllocArgs.push_back(&Align);
2239 
2240   AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end());
2241 
2242   // C++ [expr.new]p8:
2243   //   If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
2244   //   function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
2245   //   name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
2246   //   type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
2247   //   deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
2248   DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2249       IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
2250 
2251   QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
2252 
2253   // Find the allocation function.
2254   {
2255     LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2256 
2257     // C++1z [expr.new]p9:
2258     //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation
2259     //   function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the
2260     //   allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation
2261     //   function's name is looked up in the scope of T.
2262     if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal)
2263       LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
2264 
2265     // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in
2266     // multiple base classes.
2267     if (R.isAmbiguous())
2268       return true;
2269 
2270     //   If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not
2271     //   a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the
2272     //   global scope.
2273     if (R.empty())
2274       LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2275 
2276     assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
2277     assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");
2278 
2279     // We do our own custom access checks below.
2280     R.suppressDiagnostics();
2281 
2282     if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment,
2283                                   OperatorNew))
2284       return true;
2285   }
2286 
2287   // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions.
2288   if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
2289     OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2290     return false;
2291   }
2292 
2293   // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to
2294   // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload.
2295   DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2296       OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New
2297           ? OO_Array_Delete
2298           : OO_Delete);
2299 
2300   // C++ [expr.new]p19:
2301   //
2302   //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
2303   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
2304   //   scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
2305   //   array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
2306   //   the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
2307   //   the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
2308   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
2309   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2310   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
2311     CXXRecordDecl *RD
2312       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2313     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
2314   }
2315   if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
2316     return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
2317 
2318   bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty();
2319   if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
2320     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2321     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2322   }
2323 
2324   FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
2325 
2326   SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
2327 
2328   // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
2329   // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
2330   // we had explicit placement arguments.  This matters for things like
2331   //   struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
2332   //   A *a = new A()
2333   //
2334   // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function"
2335   // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose
2336   // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t).
2337   //
2338   // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement?
2339   // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned
2340   // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete.
2341   bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 ||
2342                         OperatorNew->isVariadic();
2343 
2344   if (isPlacementNew) {
2345     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2346     //   A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
2347     //   declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
2348     //   same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
2349     //   (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
2350     //   identical. [...]
2351     //
2352     // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
2353     // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
2354     // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
2355     QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
2356     {
2357       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
2358         = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2359 
2360       SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
2361       ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
2362       for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
2363         ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
2364 
2365       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2366       // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule.
2367       EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
2368 
2369       ExpectedFunctionType
2370         = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
2371     }
2372 
2373     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2374                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2375          D != DEnd; ++D) {
2376       FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
2377       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl =
2378               dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
2379         // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
2380         // expected function type.
2381         TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
2382         if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
2383                                     Info))
2384           continue;
2385       } else
2386         Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
2387 
2388       if (Context.hasSameType(adjustCCAndNoReturn(Fn->getType(),
2389                                                   ExpectedFunctionType,
2390                                                   /*AdjustExcpetionSpec*/true),
2391                               ExpectedFunctionType))
2392         Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
2393     }
2394 
2395     if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
2396       EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2397   } else {
2398     // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
2399     //   For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
2400     //   function lookup is used
2401     //
2402     // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete
2403     // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete
2404     // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case).
2405     llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns;
2406     UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload(
2407         *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete,
2408         /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType),
2409         &BestDeallocFns);
2410     if (Selected)
2411       Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD));
2412     else {
2413       // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable
2414       // but ambiguous.
2415       for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns)
2416         Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD));
2417     }
2418   }
2419 
2420   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2421   //   [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
2422   //   function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
2423   //   deallocation function will be called.
2424   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2425     OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
2426 
2427     // C++1z [expr.new]p23:
2428     //   If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2)
2429     //   with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered
2430     //   as a placement deallocation function, would have been
2431     //   selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
2432     //   is ill-formed.
2433     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew &&
2434         isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
2435       UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this,
2436                               DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public));
2437       // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09:
2438       //   If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding
2439       //   non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized
2440       //   deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter.
2441       bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT;
2442       if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) {
2443         auto NonSizedDelete =
2444             resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false,
2445                                         /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT);
2446         if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT &&
2447             NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT)
2448           IsSizedDelete = false;
2449       }
2450 
2451       if (IsSizedDelete) {
2452         SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty()
2453                             ? SourceRange()
2454                             : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
2455                                           PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
2456         Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R;
2457         if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
2458           Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2459               << DeleteName;
2460       }
2461     }
2462 
2463     CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
2464                           Matches[0].first);
2465   } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
2466     // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we
2467     // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user.
2468     // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw.
2469     Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found)
2470       << DeleteName << AllocElemType;
2471 
2472     for (auto &Match : Matches)
2473       Diag(Match.second->getLocation(),
2474            diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName;
2475   }
2476 
2477   return false;
2478 }
2479 
2480 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
2481 /// delete. These are:
2482 /// @code
2483 ///   // C++03:
2484 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2485 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2486 ///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
2487 ///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
2488 ///   // C++11:
2489 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2490 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2491 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2492 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2493 ///   // C++1y:
2494 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2495 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2496 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2497 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2498 ///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2499 ///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2500 /// @endcode
2501 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
2502 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
2503 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
2504   if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
2505     return;
2506 
2507   // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
2508   //   [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
2509   //   implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
2510   //   program
2511   //
2512   //     C++03:
2513   //     void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2514   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2515   //     void  operator delete(void*) throw();
2516   //     void  operator delete[](void*) throw();
2517   //     C++11:
2518   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2519   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2520   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2521   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2522   //     C++1y:
2523   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2524   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2525   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2526   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2527   //     void  operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2528   //     void  operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2529   //
2530   //   These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
2531   //   new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
2532   //
2533   // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
2534   // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
2535   // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
2536   // lookup.
2537   if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2538     // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
2539     // implicitly.
2540     StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
2541                                         getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
2542                                         SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2543                                       &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
2544                                         nullptr);
2545     getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
2546   }
2547   if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) {
2548     // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it
2549     // implicitly.
2550     auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create(
2551         Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2552         &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true);
2553     AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType());
2554     AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType());
2555     AlignValT->setImplicit(true);
2556     StdAlignValT = AlignValT;
2557   }
2558 
2559   GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
2560 
2561   QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
2562   QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
2563 
2564   auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind,
2565                                               QualType Return, QualType Param) {
2566     llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params;
2567     Params.push_back(Param);
2568 
2569     // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned).
2570     bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation &&
2571                            (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete);
2572     bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation;
2573 
2574     int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1);
2575     int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1);
2576     for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) {
2577       if (Sized)
2578         Params.push_back(SizeT);
2579 
2580       for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) {
2581         if (Aligned)
2582           Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()));
2583 
2584         DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2585             Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params);
2586 
2587         if (Aligned)
2588           Params.pop_back();
2589       }
2590     }
2591   };
2592 
2593   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
2594   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
2595   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2596   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2597 }
2598 
2599 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
2600 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
2601 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
2602                                            QualType Return,
2603                                            ArrayRef<QualType> Params) {
2604   DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2605 
2606   // Check if this function is already declared.
2607   DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
2608   for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2609        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2610     // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
2611     // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
2612     if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
2613       if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) {
2614         llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams;
2615         for (auto *P : Func->parameters())
2616           FuncParams.push_back(
2617               Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType()));
2618         if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) {
2619           // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
2620           // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
2621           // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
2622           Func->setHidden(false);
2623           return;
2624         }
2625       }
2626     }
2627   }
2628 
2629   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2630 
2631   QualType BadAllocType;
2632   bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
2633     = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
2634        Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
2635   if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
2636     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2637       BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
2638       assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
2639       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
2640       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
2641     }
2642   } else {
2643     EPI.ExceptionSpec =
2644         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
2645   }
2646 
2647   auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) {
2648     QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI);
2649     FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create(
2650         Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name,
2651         FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
2652     Alloc->setImplicit();
2653 
2654     // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility.
2655     Alloc->addAttr(
2656         VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, VisibilityAttr::Default));
2657 
2658     llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls;
2659     for (QualType T : Params) {
2660       ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(
2661           Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T,
2662           /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr));
2663       ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit();
2664     }
2665     Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls);
2666     if (ExtraAttr)
2667       Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr);
2668     Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
2669     IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
2670   };
2671 
2672   if (!LangOpts.CUDA)
2673     CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr);
2674   else {
2675     // Host and device get their own declaration so each can be
2676     // defined or re-declared independently.
2677     CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
2678     CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
2679   }
2680 }
2681 
2682 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2683                                                   bool CanProvideSize,
2684                                                   bool Overaligned,
2685                                                   DeclarationName Name) {
2686   DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2687 
2688   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2689   LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2690 
2691   // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a
2692   // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We
2693   // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation
2694   // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case.
2695   auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize,
2696                                             Overaligned);
2697   assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?");
2698   return Result.FD;
2699 }
2700 
2701 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc,
2702                                                           CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
2703   DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
2704 
2705   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2706   if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete))
2707     return nullptr;
2708   if (OperatorDelete)
2709     return OperatorDelete;
2710 
2711   // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global
2712   // non-array delete.
2713   return FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
2714       Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)),
2715       Name);
2716 }
2717 
2718 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2719                                     DeclarationName Name,
2720                                     FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) {
2721   LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2722   // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
2723   LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
2724 
2725   if (Found.isAmbiguous())
2726     return true;
2727 
2728   Found.suppressDiagnostics();
2729 
2730   bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD));
2731 
2732   // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
2733   //   If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
2734   //   parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
2735   llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches;
2736   resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false,
2737                               /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches);
2738 
2739   // If we could find an overload, use it.
2740   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2741     Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD);
2742 
2743     // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl?
2744     if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
2745       if (Diagnose) {
2746         Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
2747         NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
2748       }
2749       return true;
2750     }
2751 
2752     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
2753                               Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2754       return true;
2755 
2756     return false;
2757   }
2758 
2759   // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
2760   // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent
2761   // is that this should never happen.
2762   if (!Matches.empty()) {
2763     if (Diagnose) {
2764       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2765         << Name << RD;
2766       for (auto &Match : Matches)
2767         Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2768     }
2769     return true;
2770   }
2771 
2772   // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
2773   // none of them were suitable.
2774   if (!Found.empty()) {
2775     if (Diagnose) {
2776       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2777         << Name << RD;
2778 
2779       for (NamedDecl *D : Found)
2780         Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2781              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2782     }
2783     return true;
2784   }
2785 
2786   Operator = nullptr;
2787   return false;
2788 }
2789 
2790 namespace {
2791 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
2792 ///  initializing deletee have the same array form.
2793 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
2794 public:
2795   enum MismatchResult {
2796     /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
2797     NoMismatch,
2798     /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2799     VarInitMismatches,
2800     /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2801     MemberInitMismatches,
2802     /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
2803     /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
2804     AnalyzeLater
2805   };
2806 
2807   /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
2808   /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
2809   /// delete-expression was encountered.
2810   explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
2811       : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
2812         HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}
2813 
2814   /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
2815   /// matching form of new-expression.
2816   ///
2817   /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
2818   /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
2819   /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
2820   /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
2821   /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
2822   /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
2823   /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
2824   MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
2825   /// \brief Analyzes a class member.
2826   /// \param Field Class member to analyze.
2827   /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
2828   /// for deleting the \p Field.
2829   MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
2830   FieldDecl *Field;
2831   /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
2832   llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
2833   /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
2834   bool IsArrayForm;
2835 
2836 private:
2837   const bool EndOfTU;
2838   /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
2839   bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
2840   /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
2841   /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
2842   /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
2843   const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
2844   /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
2845   /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
2846   ///
2847   /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
2848   /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
2849   /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
2850   /// \c NoMismatch.
2851   MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
2852   /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
2853   /// \c new.
2854   ///
2855   /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
2856   /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
2857   /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
2858   /// \param D Variable to analyze.
2859   bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
2860   /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
2861   /// form of \c new.
2862   ///
2863   /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
2864   /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
2865   /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
2866   /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
2867   /// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
2868   bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
2869   /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
2870   /// \c new in member initializer list.
2871   bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
2872   /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
2873   /// in-class initializer.
2874   MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
2875 };
2876 }
2877 
2878 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2879 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2880   NewExprs.clear();
2881   assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
2882   IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
2883   const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2884   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
2885     return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
2886   } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
2887     if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
2888       return VarInitMismatches;
2889   }
2890   return NoMismatch;
2891 }
2892 
2893 const CXXNewExpr *
2894 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
2895   assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
2896   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2897   if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
2898     if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
2899       E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2900   }
2901 
2902   return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
2903 }
2904 
2905 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
2906     const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
2907   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2908   if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
2909       (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
2910     if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
2911       return true;
2912     else
2913       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2914   }
2915   return false;
2916 }
2917 
2918 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
2919     const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
2920   if (CD->isImplicit())
2921     return false;
2922   const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
2923   if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
2924     HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
2925     return EndOfTU;
2926   }
2927   for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
2928     if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
2929       return true;
2930   }
2931   return false;
2932 }
2933 
2934 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2935 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
2936   assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
2937   const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
2938   if (!InitExpr)
2939     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2940   if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) {
2941     if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2942       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2943       return MemberInitMismatches;
2944     }
2945   }
2946   return NoMismatch;
2947 }
2948 
2949 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2950 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
2951                                            bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2952   assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
2953   this->Field = Field;
2954   IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
2955   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
2956   for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
2957     if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
2958       return NoMismatch;
2959   }
2960   if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
2961     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2962   if (!NewExprs.empty())
2963     return MemberInitMismatches;
2964   return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
2965                                         : NoMismatch;
2966 }
2967 
2968 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2969 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
2970   assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
2971   if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2972     return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
2973   return NoMismatch;
2974 }
2975 
2976 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
2977   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2978   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
2979     if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
2980         NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2981       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2982     }
2983   }
2984   return NewExprs.empty();
2985 }
2986 
2987 static void
2988 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2989                             const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
2990   SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
2991   FixItHint H;
2992   if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
2993     H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
2994   else {
2995     SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
2996         DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
2997         SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
2998     if (RSquare.isValid())
2999       H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
3000   }
3001   SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
3002       << Detector.IsArrayForm << H;
3003 
3004   for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
3005     SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
3006         << Detector.IsArrayForm;
3007 }
3008 
3009 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
3010   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
3011     return;
3012   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
3013   switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
3014   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
3015   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
3016     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector);
3017     break;
3018   }
3019   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
3020     DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
3021         std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm()));
3022     break;
3023   }
3024   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
3025     break;
3026   }
3027 }
3028 
3029 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
3030                                      bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
3031   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
3032   switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
3033   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
3034     llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
3035   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
3036     llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
3037                      "translation unit.");
3038   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
3039     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
3040     break;
3041   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
3042     break;
3043   }
3044 }
3045 
3046 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
3047 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
3048 /// or
3049 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
3050 ExprResult
3051 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3052                      bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
3053   // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
3054   //   The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
3055   //   non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
3056   //   void.
3057   //
3058   // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
3059 
3060   ExprResult Ex = ExE;
3061   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
3062   bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
3063   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
3064 
3065   if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
3066     // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
3067     Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
3068     if (Ex.isInvalid())
3069       return ExprError();
3070 
3071     QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
3072 
3073     class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
3074     public:
3075       DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}
3076 
3077       bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
3078         // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
3079         // the operator T*.
3080         if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
3081           if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
3082             return true;
3083         return false;
3084       }
3085 
3086       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3087                                             QualType T) override {
3088         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
3089       }
3090 
3091       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3092                                                QualType T) override {
3093         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
3094       }
3095 
3096       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3097                                                  QualType T,
3098                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
3099         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
3100       }
3101 
3102       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
3103                                              QualType ConvTy) override {
3104         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
3105           << ConvTy;
3106       }
3107 
3108       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3109                                               QualType T) override {
3110         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
3111       }
3112 
3113       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
3114                                           QualType ConvTy) override {
3115         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
3116           << ConvTy;
3117       }
3118 
3119       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3120                                                QualType T,
3121                                                QualType ConvTy) override {
3122         llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
3123       }
3124     } Converter;
3125 
3126     Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
3127     if (Ex.isInvalid())
3128       return ExprError();
3129     Type = Ex.get()->getType();
3130     if (!Converter.match(Type))
3131       // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
3132       //        itself in this case.
3133       return ExprError();
3134 
3135     QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3136     QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
3137 
3138     if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
3139       return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
3140                   diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
3141                << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
3142 
3143     CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
3144     if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
3145       // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
3146       // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
3147       // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
3148       Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
3149         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
3150     } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
3151       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
3152         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
3153     } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
3154       // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a
3155       // module but is hidden.
3156       if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
3157                                diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
3158         if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
3159           PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3160       }
3161     }
3162 
3163     if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
3164       Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
3165           << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
3166           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
3167       ArrayForm = true;
3168     }
3169 
3170     DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3171                                       ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
3172 
3173     if (PointeeRD) {
3174       if (!UseGlobal &&
3175           FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
3176                                    OperatorDelete))
3177         return ExprError();
3178 
3179       // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
3180       // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
3181       if (ArrayForm) {
3182         // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
3183         // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
3184         if (UseGlobal)
3185           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
3186             doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
3187 
3188         // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
3189         // function we just found.
3190         else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
3191           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
3192             UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this,
3193                                DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public))
3194               .HasSizeT;
3195       }
3196 
3197       if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
3198         if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
3199           MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
3200                                     const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
3201           if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
3202             return ExprError();
3203         }
3204 
3205       CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc,
3206                            /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true,
3207                            /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm,
3208                            SourceLocation());
3209     }
3210 
3211     if (!OperatorDelete) {
3212       bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee);
3213       bool CanProvideSize =
3214           IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
3215                          Pointee.isDestructedType());
3216       bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee);
3217 
3218       // Look for a global declaration.
3219       OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize,
3220                                                      Overaligned, DeleteName);
3221     }
3222 
3223     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
3224 
3225     // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
3226     if (PointeeRD) {
3227       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
3228           CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
3229                       PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
3230       }
3231     }
3232   }
3233 
3234   CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
3235       Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
3236       UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
3237   AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
3238   return Result;
3239 }
3240 
3241 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
3242                                 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
3243                                 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
3244                                 SourceLocation DtorLoc) {
3245   if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual)
3246     return;
3247 
3248   // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
3249   //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
3250   //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
3251   //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
3252   //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
3253   //   behavior is undefined.
3254   //
3255   const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent();
3256   // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
3257   if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
3258     return;
3259 
3260   QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType();
3261   if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
3262     // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
3263     // sure the code has undefined behavior.
3264     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
3265                                                            << ClassType;
3266   } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) {
3267     // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
3268     // but not necessarily wrong.
3269     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
3270                                                   << ClassType;
3271   }
3272   if (!IsDelete) {
3273     std::string TypeStr;
3274     ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
3275     Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual)
3276         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::");
3277   }
3278 }
3279 
3280 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
3281                                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3282                                                    ConditionKind CK) {
3283   ExprResult E =
3284       CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK);
3285   if (E.isInvalid())
3286     return ConditionError();
3287   return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc),
3288                          CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
3289 }
3290 
3291 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
3292 /// while, do-while, or switch statement.
3293 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
3294                                         SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3295                                         ConditionKind CK) {
3296   if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
3297     return ExprError();
3298 
3299   QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
3300 
3301   // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
3302   //   The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
3303   if (T->isFunctionType())
3304     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3305                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
3306                        << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
3307   else if (T->isArrayType())
3308     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3309                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
3310                      << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
3311 
3312   ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create(
3313       Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar,
3314       /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3315       ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue);
3316 
3317   MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get()));
3318 
3319   switch (CK) {
3320   case ConditionKind::Boolean:
3321     return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
3322 
3323   case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
3324     return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true);
3325 
3326   case ConditionKind::Switch:
3327     return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
3328   }
3329 
3330   llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind");
3331 }
3332 
3333 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
3334 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) {
3335   // C++ 6.4p4:
3336   // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
3337   // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
3338   // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
3339   // program is ill-formed.
3340   // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
3341   // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
3342   //
3343   // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it.
3344   llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1);
3345   return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent())
3346              ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value,
3347                                                 CCEK_ConstexprIf)
3348              : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
3349 }
3350 
3351 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
3352 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
3353 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
3354 /// respectively).
3355 bool
3356 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
3357   // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
3358   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
3359     From = Cast->getSubExpr();
3360 
3361   // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
3362   // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
3363   // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
3364   // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
3365   if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
3366     if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
3367       if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
3368           = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3369         // This conversion is considered only when there is an
3370         // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
3371         if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
3372           switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
3373             case StringLiteral::UTF8:
3374             case StringLiteral::UTF16:
3375             case StringLiteral::UTF32:
3376               // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
3377               break;
3378             case StringLiteral::Ascii:
3379               return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
3380                       ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
3381             case StringLiteral::Wide:
3382               return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(),
3383                                                 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0));
3384           }
3385         }
3386       }
3387 
3388   return false;
3389 }
3390 
3391 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
3392                                        SourceLocation CastLoc,
3393                                        QualType Ty,
3394                                        CastKind Kind,
3395                                        CXXMethodDecl *Method,
3396                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3397                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3398                                        Expr *From) {
3399   switch (Kind) {
3400   default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
3401   case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
3402     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
3403     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3404 
3405     if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
3406                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
3407       return ExprError();
3408 
3409     if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
3410       return ExprError();
3411 
3412     S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl,
3413                              InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty));
3414     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3415       return ExprError();
3416 
3417     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3418         CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
3419         ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
3420         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3421         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3422     if (Result.isInvalid())
3423       return ExprError();
3424 
3425     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
3426   }
3427 
3428   case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
3429     assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
3430 
3431     S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
3432     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3433       return ExprError();
3434 
3435     // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
3436     CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
3437     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
3438                                                  HadMultipleCandidates);
3439     if (Result.isInvalid())
3440       return ExprError();
3441     // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
3442     Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
3443                                       CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
3444                                       nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
3445 
3446     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
3447   }
3448   }
3449 }
3450 
3451 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3452 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
3453 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
3454 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
3455 /// used in the error message.
3456 ExprResult
3457 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3458                                 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
3459                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3460                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3461   switch (ICS.getKind()) {
3462   case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
3463     ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
3464                                                Action, CCK);
3465     if (Res.isInvalid())
3466       return ExprError();
3467     From = Res.get();
3468     break;
3469   }
3470 
3471   case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
3472 
3473       FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
3474       CastKind CastKind;
3475       QualType BeforeToType;
3476       assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
3477       if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
3478         CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
3479 
3480         // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
3481         // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3482         // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
3483         BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
3484       } else {
3485         const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
3486         CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
3487         // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
3488         if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3489           // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
3490           // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3491           // the type required by the argument of the constructor
3492           BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
3493         }
3494       }
3495       // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
3496       if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3497         ExprResult Res =
3498           PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
3499                                     ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
3500                                     CCK);
3501         if (Res.isInvalid())
3502           return ExprError();
3503         From = Res.get();
3504       }
3505 
3506       ExprResult CastArg
3507         = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
3508                                From->getLocStart(),
3509                                ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3510                                CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
3511                                ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
3512                                ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates,
3513                                From);
3514 
3515       if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3516         return ExprError();
3517 
3518       From = CastArg.get();
3519 
3520       return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
3521                                        AA_Converting, CCK);
3522   }
3523 
3524   case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
3525     ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
3526                           PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
3527                             << From->getSourceRange());
3528      return ExprError();
3529 
3530   case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
3531     llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
3532 
3533   case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3534     bool Diagnosed =
3535         DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType,
3536                                  From->getType(), From, Action);
3537     assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed;
3538     return ExprError();
3539   }
3540 
3541   // Everything went well.
3542   return From;
3543 }
3544 
3545 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3546 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
3547 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
3548 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
3549 /// conversion, for use in error messages.
3550 ExprResult
3551 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3552                                 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
3553                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3554                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3555   bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
3556 
3557   // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
3558   // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
3559   // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
3560   // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
3561   QualType FromType = From->getType();
3562 
3563   if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
3564     // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
3565     assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
3566     if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
3567       SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3568       if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
3569                                   From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
3570                                   ConstructorArgs))
3571         return ExprError();
3572       return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3573           /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
3574           SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3575           ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3576           /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3577           CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3578     }
3579     return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3580         /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
3581         SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3582         From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3583         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3584         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3585   }
3586 
3587   // Resolve overloaded function references.
3588   if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
3589     DeclAccessPair Found;
3590     FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
3591                                                           true, Found);
3592     if (!Fn)
3593       return ExprError();
3594 
3595     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart()))
3596       return ExprError();
3597 
3598     From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
3599     FromType = From->getType();
3600   }
3601 
3602   // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
3603   // non-atomic type.
3604   QualType ToAtomicType;
3605   if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3606     ToAtomicType = ToType;
3607     ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
3608   }
3609 
3610   QualType InitialFromType = FromType;
3611   // Perform the first implicit conversion.
3612   switch (SCS.First) {
3613   case ICK_Identity:
3614     if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3615       FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
3616       From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
3617                                       From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
3618     }
3619     break;
3620 
3621   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
3622     assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
3623     ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
3624     assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
3625     From = FromRes.get();
3626     FromType = From->getType();
3627     break;
3628   }
3629 
3630   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3631     FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
3632     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
3633                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3634     break;
3635 
3636   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3637     FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
3638     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
3639                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3640     break;
3641 
3642   default:
3643     llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
3644   }
3645 
3646   // Perform the second implicit conversion
3647   switch (SCS.Second) {
3648   case ICK_Identity:
3649     // C++ [except.spec]p5:
3650     //   [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
3651     //   pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
3652     //   target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
3653     //   source value in the assignment or initialization.
3654     switch (Action) {
3655     case AA_Assigning:
3656     case AA_Initializing:
3657       // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
3658     case AA_Passing:
3659     case AA_Returning:
3660     case AA_Sending:
3661     case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
3662       if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3663         return ExprError();
3664       break;
3665 
3666     case AA_Casting:
3667     case AA_Converting:
3668       // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
3669       // checked for exception specification mismatches.
3670       break;
3671     }
3672     // Nothing else to do.
3673     break;
3674 
3675   case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
3676   case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
3677     if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
3678       assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
3679              SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
3680              "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
3681       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
3682                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3683     } else {
3684       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
3685                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3686     }
3687     break;
3688 
3689   case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
3690   case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
3691     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
3692                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3693     break;
3694 
3695   case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
3696   case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
3697     QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3698     QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3699     CastKind CK;
3700     if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3701       if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
3702         CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
3703       else
3704         CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
3705     } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3706       CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
3707     } else {
3708       CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
3709     }
3710     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
3711                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3712     break;
3713   }
3714 
3715   case ICK_Floating_Integral:
3716     if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
3717       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
3718                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3719     else
3720       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
3721                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3722     break;
3723 
3724   case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
3725       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3726                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3727     break;
3728 
3729   case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
3730   case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
3731     if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
3732       // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
3733       if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
3734         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3735              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3736           << ToType << From->getType() << Action
3737           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3738       else
3739         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3740              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3741           << From->getType() << ToType << Action
3742           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3743 
3744       if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3745           ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3746         EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
3747     }
3748     else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
3749              !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
3750                                                     From->getType())) {
3751       if (Action == AA_Initializing)
3752         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3753              diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
3754       else
3755         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3756              diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
3757           << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
3758           << From->getSourceRange();
3759     }
3760 
3761     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3762     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3763     if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3764       return ExprError();
3765 
3766     // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
3767     // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
3768     if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
3769       ExprResult E = From;
3770       (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
3771       From = E.get();
3772     }
3773     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
3774       CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
3775     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3776              .get();
3777     break;
3778   }
3779 
3780   case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
3781     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3782     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3783     if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3784       return ExprError();
3785     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3786       return ExprError();
3787 
3788     // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
3789     // to up until this exact point.  Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
3790     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
3791       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType());
3792       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType);
3793     }
3794 
3795     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3796              .get();
3797     break;
3798   }
3799 
3800   case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
3801     // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
3802     if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
3803       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3804       FromType = Context.FloatTy;
3805     }
3806 
3807     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
3808                              ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
3809                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3810     break;
3811 
3812   case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
3813     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3814     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
3815                                      ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3816                                      From->getLocStart(),
3817                                      From->getSourceRange(),
3818                                      &BasePath,
3819                                      CStyle))
3820       return ExprError();
3821 
3822     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3823                       CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
3824                       &BasePath, CCK).get();
3825     break;
3826   }
3827 
3828   case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
3829     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
3830                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3831     break;
3832 
3833   case ICK_Vector_Splat: {
3834     // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
3835     Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get();
3836     From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue,
3837                              /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3838     break;
3839   }
3840 
3841   case ICK_Complex_Real:
3842     // Case 1.  x -> _Complex y
3843     if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3844       QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
3845       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3846 
3847       // x -> y
3848       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
3849         // do nothing
3850       } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
3851         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3852                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
3853       } else {
3854         assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
3855         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3856                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
3857       }
3858       // y -> _Complex y
3859       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3860                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
3861                                      : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
3862 
3863     // Case 2.  _Complex x -> y
3864     } else {
3865       const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
3866       assert(FromComplex);
3867 
3868       QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
3869       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3870 
3871       // _Complex x -> x
3872       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3873                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
3874                                      : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
3875                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3876 
3877       // x -> y
3878       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
3879         // do nothing
3880       } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3881         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3882                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
3883                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3884       } else {
3885         assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
3886         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3887                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
3888                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3889       }
3890     }
3891     break;
3892 
3893   case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
3894     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
3895                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3896     break;
3897   }
3898 
3899   case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
3900     ExprResult FromRes = From;
3901     Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
3902       CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
3903     if (FromRes.isInvalid())
3904       return ExprError();
3905     From = FromRes.get();
3906     assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
3907             "Improper transparent union conversion");
3908     (void)ConvTy;
3909     break;
3910   }
3911 
3912   case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
3913     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3914                              CK_ZeroToOCLEvent,
3915                              From->getValueKind()).get();
3916     break;
3917 
3918   case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion:
3919     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3920                              CK_ZeroToOCLQueue,
3921                              From->getValueKind()).get();
3922     break;
3923 
3924   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
3925   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3926   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3927   case ICK_Function_Conversion:
3928   case ICK_Qualification:
3929   case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
3930   case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
3931   case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion:
3932     llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
3933   }
3934 
3935   switch (SCS.Third) {
3936   case ICK_Identity:
3937     // Nothing to do.
3938     break;
3939 
3940   case ICK_Function_Conversion:
3941     // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
3942     // be incompatible exception declarations.
3943     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3944       return ExprError();
3945 
3946     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3947                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3948     break;
3949 
3950   case ICK_Qualification: {
3951     // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
3952     // target type isn't a reference.
3953     ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
3954                                   From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
3955     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
3956                              CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3957 
3958     if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
3959         !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
3960       Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
3961            ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
3962            : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
3963         << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
3964     }
3965 
3966     break;
3967   }
3968 
3969   default:
3970     llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
3971   }
3972 
3973   // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
3974   // that conversion now.
3975   if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
3976     assert(Context.hasSameType(
3977         ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
3978     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
3979                              VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
3980   }
3981 
3982   // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a
3983   // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain.
3984   if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion)
3985     diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType,
3986                                         From->getLocStart());
3987 
3988   return From;
3989 }
3990 
3991 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
3992 ///
3993 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
3994 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
3995 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
3996 /// returns true.
3997 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
3998                                                 SourceLocation Loc,
3999                                                 QualType ArgTy) {
4000   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
4001   //   For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
4002   //   that template with a template argument that is a class template
4003   //   specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
4004   //   argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
4005   //   must be a complete type.
4006   // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
4007   // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
4008   // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
4009   switch (UTT) {
4010   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
4011     // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
4012   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
4013     // Fall-through
4014 
4015     // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
4016     // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
4017     // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
4018     // impacted by the completeness of the type.
4019   case UTT_IsVoid:
4020   case UTT_IsIntegral:
4021   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
4022   case UTT_IsArray:
4023   case UTT_IsPointer:
4024   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
4025   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
4026   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
4027   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
4028   case UTT_IsEnum:
4029   case UTT_IsUnion:
4030   case UTT_IsClass:
4031   case UTT_IsFunction:
4032   case UTT_IsReference:
4033   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
4034   case UTT_IsFundamental:
4035   case UTT_IsObject:
4036   case UTT_IsScalar:
4037   case UTT_IsCompound:
4038   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
4039     // Fall-through
4040 
4041     // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
4042     // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
4043     // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
4044     // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
4045     // Table 49.
4046   case UTT_IsConst:
4047   case UTT_IsVolatile:
4048   case UTT_IsSigned:
4049   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
4050 
4051   // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot.
4052   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
4053     return true;
4054 
4055   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4056   //   If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type.
4057   case UTT_IsEmpty:
4058   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
4059   case UTT_IsAbstract:
4060     if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4061       if (!RD->isUnion())
4062         return !S.RequireCompleteType(
4063             Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
4064     return true;
4065 
4066   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4067   //   If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type.
4068   case UTT_IsFinal:
4069   case UTT_IsSealed:
4070     if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4071       return !S.RequireCompleteType(
4072           Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
4073     return true;
4074 
4075   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
4076   // applied to a complete type.
4077   case UTT_IsTrivial:
4078   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
4079   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
4080   case UTT_IsPOD:
4081   case UTT_IsLiteral:
4082 
4083   case UTT_IsDestructible:
4084   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
4085     // Fall-through
4086 
4087     // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
4088     // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
4089     // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
4090     // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
4091     // requiring the complete type.
4092   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
4093   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
4094   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
4095   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
4096   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
4097   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
4098   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
4099   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
4100   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
4101   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
4102   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4103     // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
4104     QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
4105     if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4106       ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
4107 
4108     // The void type is expressly allowed.
4109     if (ElTy->isVoidType())
4110       return true;
4111 
4112     return !S.RequireCompleteType(
4113       Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
4114   }
4115 }
4116 
4117 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
4118                                Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
4119                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
4120                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
4121                                bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
4122 {
4123   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
4124   if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
4125     return true;
4126 
4127   DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4128   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
4129   LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
4130   if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
4131     bool FoundOperator = false;
4132     Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4133     for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
4134          Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
4135       if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
4136         continue;
4137 
4138       CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
4139       if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
4140         FoundOperator = true;
4141         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
4142           Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4143         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4144         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
4145           return false;
4146       }
4147     }
4148     return FoundOperator;
4149   }
4150   return false;
4151 }
4152 
4153 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
4154                                    SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
4155   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4156 
4157   ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
4158   switch(UTT) {
4159   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
4160     // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
4161     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
4162   case UTT_IsVoid:
4163     return T->isVoidType();
4164   case UTT_IsIntegral:
4165     return T->isIntegralType(C);
4166   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
4167     return T->isFloatingType();
4168   case UTT_IsArray:
4169     return T->isArrayType();
4170   case UTT_IsPointer:
4171     return T->isPointerType();
4172   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
4173     return T->isLValueReferenceType();
4174   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
4175     return T->isRValueReferenceType();
4176   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
4177     return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
4178   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
4179     return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
4180   case UTT_IsEnum:
4181     return T->isEnumeralType();
4182   case UTT_IsUnion:
4183     return T->isUnionType();
4184   case UTT_IsClass:
4185     return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
4186   case UTT_IsFunction:
4187     return T->isFunctionType();
4188 
4189     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
4190     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
4191   case UTT_IsReference:
4192     return T->isReferenceType();
4193   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
4194     return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
4195   case UTT_IsFundamental:
4196     return T->isFundamentalType();
4197   case UTT_IsObject:
4198     return T->isObjectType();
4199   case UTT_IsScalar:
4200     // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
4201     // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
4202     // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
4203     // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
4204     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
4205       switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4206       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4207       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4208         return true;
4209 
4210       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4211       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4212       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4213         return false;
4214       }
4215     }
4216 
4217     return T->isScalarType();
4218   case UTT_IsCompound:
4219     return T->isCompoundType();
4220   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
4221     return T->isMemberPointerType();
4222 
4223     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
4224     // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
4225   case UTT_IsConst:
4226     return T.isConstQualified();
4227   case UTT_IsVolatile:
4228     return T.isVolatileQualified();
4229   case UTT_IsTrivial:
4230     return T.isTrivialType(C);
4231   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
4232     return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
4233   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
4234     return T->isStandardLayoutType();
4235   case UTT_IsPOD:
4236     return T.isPODType(C);
4237   case UTT_IsLiteral:
4238     return T->isLiteralType(C);
4239   case UTT_IsEmpty:
4240     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4241       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
4242     return false;
4243   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
4244     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4245       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic();
4246     return false;
4247   case UTT_IsAbstract:
4248     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4249       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract();
4250     return false;
4251   // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and
4252   // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax
4253   // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot.
4254   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
4255     return false;
4256   case UTT_IsFinal:
4257   case UTT_IsSealed:
4258     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4259       return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
4260     return false;
4261   case UTT_IsSigned:
4262     return T->isSignedIntegerType();
4263   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
4264     return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
4265 
4266     // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
4267     // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
4268     // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
4269     // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
4270     // specifications.
4271     //
4272     //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4273     //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4274     //
4275     // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
4276     // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
4277     // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
4278     // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
4279     // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
4280     // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
4281   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
4282     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4283     //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
4284     //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
4285     //   constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
4286     if (T.isPODType(C))
4287       return true;
4288     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4289       return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4290              !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
4291     return false;
4292   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
4293     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4294     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
4295     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
4296     if (T.isPODType(C))
4297       return true;
4298     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4299       return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
4300     return false;
4301   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
4302     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4303     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
4304     //   the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
4305     //   with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
4306     //   is true, else it is false.
4307     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
4308       return true;
4309     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4310       return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
4311              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
4312     return false;
4313   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
4314     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4315     //  standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
4316     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
4317     if (T.isPODType(C))
4318       return true;
4319     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4320       return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
4321     return false;
4322   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
4323     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4324     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
4325     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
4326     //   trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
4327     //   a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
4328     //   true, else it is false.
4329     // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
4330     // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
4331     // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
4332     // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
4333     // [class.copy]p12).
4334 
4335     if (T.isConstQualified())
4336       return false;
4337     if (T.isPODType(C))
4338       return true;
4339     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4340       return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
4341              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
4342     return false;
4343   case UTT_IsDestructible:
4344   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
4345     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4346     //   For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
4347     if (T->isReferenceType())
4348       return true;
4349 
4350     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4351     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4352         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4353       return true;
4354 
4355     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4356     //   For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
4357     //   false.
4358     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4359       return false;
4360 
4361     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4362     //   For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
4363     //   expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
4364     //   unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
4365     if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4366       CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
4367       if (!Destructor)
4368         return false;
4369       //  C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
4370       //    A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
4371       //    explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
4372       if (Destructor->isDeleted())
4373         return false;
4374       if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
4375         return false;
4376       if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
4377         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
4378             Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4379         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4380         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
4381           return false;
4382       }
4383     }
4384     return true;
4385 
4386   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
4387     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4388     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
4389     //   then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
4390     //   type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
4391     //   ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
4392     //   false.
4393     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
4394       return true;
4395 
4396     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4397     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4398         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4399       return true;
4400 
4401     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4402       return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
4403     return false;
4404   // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
4405   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
4406     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4407     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
4408     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
4409     //   is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
4410     //   or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
4411     //   not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4412     //   false.
4413     if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
4414       return false;
4415     if (T->isReferenceType())
4416       return false;
4417     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4418       return true;
4419 
4420     if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
4421       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4422                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
4423                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
4424                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
4425     return false;
4426   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
4427     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4428     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
4429     //  behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
4430     if (T.isPODType(C))
4431       return true;
4432 
4433     if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
4434       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4435                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
4436                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
4437                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
4438     return false;
4439   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
4440     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4441     //   If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
4442     //   if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
4443     //   known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4444     //   false.
4445     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4446       return true;
4447     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4448       if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
4449           !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
4450         return true;
4451 
4452       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4453       unsigned FoundTQs;
4454       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4455         // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
4456         // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
4457         // resolution point.
4458         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
4459           continue;
4460         // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
4461         if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
4462           continue;
4463         auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
4464         if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
4465           FoundConstructor = true;
4466           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4467               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4468           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4469           if (!CPT)
4470             return false;
4471           // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4472           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4473           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
4474             return false;
4475         }
4476       }
4477 
4478       return FoundConstructor;
4479     }
4480     return false;
4481   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
4482     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4483     //   If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
4484     //   true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
4485     //   thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
4486     //   throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
4487     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4488       return true;
4489     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4490       if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4491           !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
4492         return true;
4493 
4494       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4495       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4496         // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
4497         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
4498           continue;
4499         // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
4500         if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
4501           continue;
4502         auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
4503         if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
4504           FoundConstructor = true;
4505           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4506               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4507           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4508           if (!CPT)
4509             return false;
4510           // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4511           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4512           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
4513             return false;
4514         }
4515       }
4516       return FoundConstructor;
4517     }
4518     return false;
4519   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4520     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4521     //   If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
4522     //   then the trait is true, else it is false.
4523     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4524       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
4525         return Destructor->isVirtual();
4526     return false;
4527 
4528     // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
4529     // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
4530     //   http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4531   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
4532     // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
4533     //   Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
4534     //   function call.
4535     return !T->isIncompleteType();
4536   }
4537 }
4538 
4539 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in
4540 /// ARC mode.
4541 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) {
4542   switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4543   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4544     return false;
4545 
4546   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4547   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4548   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4549     return true;
4550 
4551   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4552     return T->isObjCLifetimeType();
4553   }
4554 
4555   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier");
4556 }
4557 
4558 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4559                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);
4560 
4561 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4562                               ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4563                               SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4564   if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
4565     return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());
4566 
4567   if (Kind <= BTT_Last)
4568     return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
4569                                    Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);
4570 
4571   switch (Kind) {
4572   case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
4573   case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
4574   case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
4575     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
4576     //   is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
4577     //
4578     //     is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
4579     //     definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
4580     //     no operation that is not trivial.
4581     //
4582     //   The predicate condition for a template specialization
4583     //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
4584     //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
4585     //   variable t:
4586     //
4587     //     T t(create<Args>()...);
4588     assert(!Args.empty());
4589 
4590     // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
4591     // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
4592     // unknown bound.
4593     for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
4594       QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
4595       if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4596         continue;
4597 
4598       if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
4599           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4600         return false;
4601     }
4602 
4603     // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type.
4604     QualType T = Args[0]->getType();
4605     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4606       return false;
4607 
4608     // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
4609     CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4610     if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
4611       return false;
4612 
4613     SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
4614     SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
4615     ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
4616     for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4617       QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
4618       if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType())
4619         ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy);
4620       OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
4621           OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(),
4622                           ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
4623                           Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy)));
4624     }
4625     for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
4626       ArgExprs.push_back(&E);
4627 
4628     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4629     // trap at translation unit scope.
4630     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated);
4631     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4632     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4633     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
4634     InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
4635                                                                  RParenLoc));
4636     InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4637     if (Init.Failed())
4638       return false;
4639 
4640     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4641     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4642       return false;
4643 
4644     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
4645       return true;
4646 
4647     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
4648       return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4649 
4650     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
4651       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4652       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
4653       if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4654           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType()))
4655         return false;
4656 
4657       // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
4658       // calls.
4659       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
4660     }
4661 
4662     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4663     return false;
4664   }
4665     default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
4666   }
4667 
4668   return false;
4669 }
4670 
4671 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4672                                 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4673                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4674   QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
4675 
4676   if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
4677                                *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
4678     return ExprError();
4679 
4680   bool Dependent = false;
4681   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4682     if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
4683       Dependent = true;
4684       break;
4685     }
4686   }
4687 
4688   bool Result = false;
4689   if (!Dependent)
4690     Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
4691 
4692   return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
4693                                RParenLoc, Result);
4694 }
4695 
4696 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4697                                 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4698                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4699   SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
4700   ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
4701 
4702   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4703     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4704     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
4705     if (!TInfo)
4706       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
4707 
4708     ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
4709   }
4710 
4711   return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
4712 }
4713 
4714 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4715                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4716   assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
4717          "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
4718 
4719   switch(BTT) {
4720   case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
4721     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
4722     // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
4723     // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
4724     // regard to cv-qualifiers.
4725 
4726     const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4727     if (!lhsRecord) return false;
4728 
4729     const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4730     if (!rhsRecord) return false;
4731 
4732     assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
4733              == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
4734 
4735     if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
4736       return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
4737 
4738     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
4739     //   If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
4740     //   (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
4741     //   complete type.
4742     if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4743                           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4744       return false;
4745 
4746     return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
4747       ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
4748   }
4749   case BTT_IsSame:
4750     return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
4751   case BTT_TypeCompatible:
4752     return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
4753                                            RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
4754   case BTT_IsConvertible:
4755   case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
4756     // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
4757     //   Given the following function prototype:
4758     //
4759     //     template <class T>
4760     //       typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
4761     //
4762     //   the predicate condition for a template specialization
4763     //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
4764     //   the return expression in the following code would be
4765     //   well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
4766     //   type of the function:
4767     //
4768     //     To test() {
4769     //       return create<From>();
4770     //     }
4771     //
4772     //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
4773     //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
4774     //   of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
4775     //   is considered.
4776     //
4777     // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
4778     // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
4779     // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
4780 
4781     // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
4782     if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
4783       return false;
4784 
4785     // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
4786     if (RhsT->isVoidType())
4787       return LhsT->isVoidType();
4788 
4789     // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
4790     if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT))
4791       return false;
4792 
4793     // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
4794     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4795       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4796 
4797     // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
4798     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
4799     OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4800                          Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4801     Expr *FromPtr = &From;
4802     InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
4803                                                            SourceLocation()));
4804 
4805     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4806     // trap at translation unit scope.
4807     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4808     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4809     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4810     InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4811     if (Init.Failed())
4812       return false;
4813 
4814     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4815     return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
4816   }
4817 
4818   case BTT_IsAssignable:
4819   case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
4820   case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
4821     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
4822     //   is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
4823     //     is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
4824     //     is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
4825     //
4826     //   is_assignable is defined as:
4827     //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
4828     //     treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
4829     //
4830     //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
4831     //   void, or arrays of unknown bound.
4832     if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4833         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
4834           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4835       return false;
4836     if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4837         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4838           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4839       return false;
4840 
4841     // cv void is never assignable.
4842     if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
4843       return false;
4844 
4845     // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
4846     // declval<U>().
4847     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4848       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4849     if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
4850       RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
4851     OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4852                         Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4853     OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4854                         Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
4855 
4856     // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4857     // trap at translation unit scope.
4858     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4859     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4860     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4861     ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
4862                                         &Rhs);
4863     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4864       return false;
4865 
4866     if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable)
4867       return true;
4868 
4869     if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
4870       return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4871 
4872     if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
4873       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4874       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
4875       if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4876           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType()))
4877         return false;
4878 
4879       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
4880     }
4881 
4882     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4883     return false;
4884   }
4885     default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
4886   }
4887   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4888 }
4889 
4890 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4891                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4892                                      ParsedType Ty,
4893                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4894                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4895   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
4896   QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
4897   if (!TSInfo)
4898     TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4899 
4900   return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
4901 }
4902 
4903 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4904                                            QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
4905                                            SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4906   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4907 
4908   switch(ATT) {
4909   case ATT_ArrayRank:
4910     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4911       unsigned Dim = 0;
4912       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4913         ++Dim;
4914         T = AT->getElementType();
4915       }
4916       return Dim;
4917     }
4918     return 0;
4919 
4920   case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
4921     llvm::APSInt Value;
4922     uint64_t Dim;
4923     if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
4924           diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
4925           false).isInvalid())
4926       return 0;
4927     if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
4928       Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
4929         << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
4930       return 0;
4931     }
4932     Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
4933 
4934     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4935       unsigned D = 0;
4936       bool Matched = false;
4937       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4938         if (Dim == D) {
4939           Matched = true;
4940           break;
4941         }
4942         ++D;
4943         T = AT->getElementType();
4944       }
4945 
4946       if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
4947         if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
4948           return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
4949       }
4950     }
4951     return 0;
4952   }
4953   }
4954   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4955 }
4956 
4957 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4958                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4959                                      TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4960                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4961                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4962   QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
4963 
4964   // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
4965   // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
4966   uint64_t Value = 0;
4967   if (!T->isDependentType())
4968     Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
4969 
4970   // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
4971   // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
4972   // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
4973   // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
4974   // important distinction.
4975   return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
4976                                           RParen, Context.getSizeType());
4977 }
4978 
4979 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4980                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4981                                       Expr *Queried,
4982                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4983   // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
4984   if (!Queried)
4985     return ExprError();
4986 
4987   ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
4988 
4989   return Result;
4990 }
4991 
4992 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
4993   switch (ET) {
4994   case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
4995   case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
4996   }
4997   llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
4998 }
4999 
5000 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
5001                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
5002                                       Expr *Queried,
5003                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
5004   if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
5005     // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
5006   } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
5007     ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
5008     if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5009     return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
5010   }
5011 
5012   bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
5013 
5014   return new (Context)
5015       ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
5016 }
5017 
5018 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
5019                                             ExprValueKind &VK,
5020                                             SourceLocation Loc,
5021                                             bool isIndirect) {
5022   assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
5023          !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
5024          "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
5025 
5026   // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*, and undergoes the
5027   // temporary materialization conversion otherwise.
5028   if (isIndirect)
5029     LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
5030   else if (LHS.get()->isRValue())
5031     LHS = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHS.get());
5032   if (LHS.isInvalid())
5033     return QualType();
5034 
5035   // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
5036   RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
5037   if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
5038 
5039   const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
5040   // C++ 5.5p2
5041   //   The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
5042   //   be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
5043   //   class type) [...]
5044   QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
5045   const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
5046   if (!MemPtr) {
5047     Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
5048       << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5049     return QualType();
5050   }
5051 
5052   QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
5053 
5054   // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
5055   // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
5056   // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
5057   // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
5058   // likely to be considered a defect.
5059 
5060   // C++ 5.5p2
5061   //   [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
5062   //   which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
5063   //   such a class]
5064   QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
5065   if (isIndirect) {
5066     if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
5067       LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5068     else {
5069       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
5070         << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
5071         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
5072       return QualType();
5073     }
5074   }
5075 
5076   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
5077     // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
5078     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
5079                             OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
5080       return QualType();
5081     }
5082 
5083     if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) {
5084       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
5085         << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
5086       return QualType();
5087     }
5088 
5089     CXXCastPath BasePath;
5090     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc,
5091                                      SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(),
5092                                                  RHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
5093                                      &BasePath))
5094       return QualType();
5095 
5096     // Cast LHS to type of use.
5097     QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
5098     ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5099     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
5100                             &BasePath);
5101   }
5102 
5103   if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
5104     // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
5105     // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
5106     Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
5107      return QualType();
5108   }
5109 
5110   // C++ 5.5p2
5111   //   The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
5112   //   second operand.
5113   // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
5114   // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
5115   QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5116   Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
5117 
5118   // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
5119   //   In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
5120   //   ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
5121   //   ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
5122   //   expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
5123   //   is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
5124   if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5125     switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
5126     case RQ_None:
5127       // Do nothing
5128       break;
5129 
5130     case RQ_LValue:
5131       if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
5132         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
5133           << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5134       break;
5135 
5136     case RQ_RValue:
5137       if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
5138         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
5139           << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5140       break;
5141     }
5142   }
5143 
5144   // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
5145   //   The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
5146   //   to a data member is of the same value category as its
5147   //   first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
5148   //   operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
5149   //   result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
5150   //   is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
5151   if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
5152     VK = VK_RValue;
5153     return Context.BoundMemberTy;
5154   } else if (isIndirect) {
5155     VK = VK_LValue;
5156   } else {
5157     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5158   }
5159 
5160   return Result;
5161 }
5162 
5163 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
5164 ///
5165 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
5166 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
5167 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
5168 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
5169 /// as such.
5170 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
5171                                 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
5172                                 bool &HaveConversion,
5173                                 QualType &ToType) {
5174   HaveConversion = false;
5175   ToType = To->getType();
5176 
5177   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
5178                                                            SourceLocation());
5179   // C++11 5.16p3
5180   //   The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
5181   //   can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
5182   //   as follows:
5183   //   -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5184   //      implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the
5185   //      constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to
5186   //      an lvalue.
5187   //   -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5188   //      implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
5189   //      the constraint that the reference must bind directly.
5190   if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) {
5191     QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType)
5192                                 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType);
5193 
5194     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
5195 
5196     InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5197     if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
5198       ToType = T;
5199       HaveConversion = true;
5200       return false;
5201     }
5202 
5203     if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5204       return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5205   }
5206 
5207   //   -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
5208   //      -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
5209   //         the same or one is a base class of the other:
5210   QualType FTy = From->getType();
5211   QualType TTy = To->getType();
5212   const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5213   const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5214   bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
5215                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy);
5216   if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT ||
5217                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) {
5218     //         E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
5219     //         same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
5220     //         [cv2 > cv1].
5221     if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
5222       if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
5223         InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
5224         InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5225         if (InitSeq) {
5226           HaveConversion = true;
5227           return false;
5228         }
5229 
5230         if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5231           return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5232       }
5233     }
5234 
5235     return false;
5236   }
5237 
5238   //     -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5239   //        implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
5240   //        if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
5241   //        an rvalue).
5242   //
5243   // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
5244   // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
5245   TTy = TTy.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context);
5246 
5247   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
5248   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5249   HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
5250   ToType = TTy;
5251   if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5252     return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5253 
5254   return false;
5255 }
5256 
5257 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
5258 ///
5259 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
5260 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
5261 /// conversion to a common type.
5262 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
5263                                     SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5264   Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
5265   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
5266                                     OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
5267   Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
5268                                     CandidateSet);
5269 
5270   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5271   switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
5272     case OR_Success: {
5273       // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
5274       ExprResult LHSRes =
5275         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
5276                                        Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
5277       if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
5278         break;
5279       LHS = LHSRes;
5280 
5281       ExprResult RHSRes =
5282         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
5283                                        Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
5284       if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
5285         break;
5286       RHS = RHSRes;
5287       if (Best->Function)
5288         Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
5289       return false;
5290     }
5291 
5292     case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5293 
5294       // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
5295       // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
5296       // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
5297       if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5298         return true;
5299 
5300       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5301         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5302         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5303       return true;
5304 
5305     case OR_Ambiguous:
5306       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
5307         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5308         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5309       // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
5310       // the viable candidates.
5311       break;
5312 
5313     case OR_Deleted:
5314       llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
5315   }
5316   return true;
5317 }
5318 
5319 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
5320 /// TryClassUnification.
5321 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
5322   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
5323   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
5324                                                            SourceLocation());
5325   Expr *Arg = E.get();
5326   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
5327   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
5328   if (Result.isInvalid())
5329     return true;
5330 
5331   E = Result;
5332   return false;
5333 }
5334 
5335 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
5336 ///
5337 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
5338 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
5339 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
5340                                            ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
5341                                            ExprObjectKind &OK,
5342                                            SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5343   // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
5344   // interface pointers.
5345 
5346   // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
5347   //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
5348   if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
5349     ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
5350     if (CondRes.isInvalid())
5351       return QualType();
5352     Cond = CondRes;
5353   }
5354 
5355   // Assume r-value.
5356   VK = VK_RValue;
5357   OK = OK_Ordinary;
5358 
5359   // Either of the arguments dependent?
5360   if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
5361     return Context.DependentTy;
5362 
5363   // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
5364   //   If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
5365   QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5366   QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5367   bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
5368   bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
5369   if (LVoid || RVoid) {
5370     //   ... one of the following shall hold:
5371     //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
5372     //      parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
5373     //      and value category of the other.
5374     bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5375     bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5376     if (LThrow != RThrow) {
5377       Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
5378       VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
5379       // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
5380       // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
5381       OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
5382       return NonThrow->getType();
5383     }
5384 
5385     //   -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
5386     //      type void and is a prvalue.
5387     if (LVoid && RVoid)
5388       return Context.VoidTy;
5389 
5390     // Neither holds, error.
5391     Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
5392       << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
5393       << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5394     return QualType();
5395   }
5396 
5397   // Neither is void.
5398 
5399   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5400   //   Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
5401   //   either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
5402   //   those operands to the type of the other.
5403   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5404       (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5405     // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
5406     QualType L2RType, R2LType;
5407     bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
5408     if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
5409       return QualType();
5410     if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
5411       return QualType();
5412 
5413     //   If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
5414     if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
5415       Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
5416         << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5417       return QualType();
5418     }
5419 
5420     //   If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
5421     //   the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
5422     //   original operands for the remainder of this section.
5423     if (HaveL2R) {
5424       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
5425         return QualType();
5426       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5427     } else if (HaveR2L) {
5428       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
5429         return QualType();
5430       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5431     }
5432   }
5433 
5434   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5435   //   if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
5436   //   for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
5437   //   operands to the type of the other.
5438   // FIXME:
5439   //   Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where
5440   //   one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order
5441   //   to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept.
5442   ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5443   ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
5444   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5445       LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
5446     // DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above.
5447     // FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here?
5448     bool DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion;
5449     if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
5450             QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, DerivedToBase,
5451             ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
5452         !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion &&
5453         // [...] subject to the constraint that the reference must bind
5454         // directly [...]
5455         !RHS.get()->refersToBitField() &&
5456         !RHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
5457       RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
5458       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5459     } else if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
5460                    QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, DerivedToBase,
5461                    ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
5462                !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion &&
5463                !LHS.get()->refersToBitField() &&
5464                !LHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
5465       LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
5466       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5467     }
5468   }
5469 
5470   // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
5471   //   If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
5472   //   category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
5473   //   value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
5474   //   operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
5475   // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
5476   // l-values.
5477   bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
5478   if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
5479       LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
5480       RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
5481     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5482     if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
5483         RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
5484       OK = OK_BitField;
5485 
5486     // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
5487     // exception specifications, if any.
5488     if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
5489       Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers();
5490       LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
5491                                      /*ConvertArgs*/false);
5492       LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs);
5493 
5494       assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
5495                               "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
5496       assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type");
5497     }
5498 
5499     return LTy;
5500   }
5501 
5502   // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
5503   //   Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
5504   //   do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
5505   if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5506     //   ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
5507     //   to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
5508     //   program is ill-formed.
5509     if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
5510       return QualType();
5511   }
5512 
5513   // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
5514   //   Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
5515   //   conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
5516   LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
5517   RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
5518   if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5519     return QualType();
5520   LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5521   RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5522 
5523   //   After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
5524   //   -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
5525   //      is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
5526   //      is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
5527   //      copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
5528   //      operand depending on the value of the first operand.
5529   if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
5530     if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
5531       // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
5532       InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
5533 
5534       ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5535                                                      SourceLocation(),
5536                                                      LHS);
5537       if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
5538         return QualType();
5539 
5540       ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5541                                                      SourceLocation(),
5542                                                      RHS);
5543       if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
5544         return QualType();
5545 
5546       LHS = LHSCopy;
5547       RHS = RHSCopy;
5548     }
5549 
5550     // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
5551     // exception specifications, if any.
5552     if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
5553       LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
5554       assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
5555                               "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
5556     }
5557 
5558     return LTy;
5559   }
5560 
5561   // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
5562   if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
5563     return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
5564                                /*AllowBothBool*/true,
5565                                /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
5566 
5567   //   -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
5568   //      the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
5569   //      common type, and the result is of that type.
5570   if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
5571     QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
5572     if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5573       return QualType();
5574     if (ResTy.isNull()) {
5575       Diag(QuestionLoc,
5576            diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy
5577         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5578       return QualType();
5579     }
5580 
5581     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
5582     RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
5583 
5584     return ResTy;
5585   }
5586 
5587   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
5588   //      type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
5589   //      pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
5590   //      conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
5591   //      to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
5592   //      pointer type.
5593   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
5594   //      pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
5595   //      pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
5596   //      performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
5597   //      shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
5598   //      operand. The result is of the common type.
5599   QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
5600   if (!Composite.isNull())
5601     return Composite;
5602 
5603   // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
5604   Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
5605   if (!Composite.isNull())
5606     return Composite;
5607 
5608   // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
5609   if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5610     return QualType();
5611 
5612   Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5613     << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5614     << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5615   return QualType();
5616 }
5617 
5618 static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo
5619 mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1,
5620                     FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2,
5621                     SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) {
5622   ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type;
5623   ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type;
5624 
5625   // If either of them can throw anything, that is the result.
5626   if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1;
5627   if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2;
5628   if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1;
5629   if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2;
5630 
5631   // If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other.
5632   if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2;
5633   if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1;
5634   if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2;
5635   if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1;
5636 
5637   // If either of them is a non-value-dependent computed noexcept, that
5638   // determines the result.
5639   if (EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI2.NoexceptExpr &&
5640       !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent())
5641     return !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI2 : ESI1;
5642   if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI1.NoexceptExpr &&
5643       !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent())
5644     return !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI1 : ESI2;
5645   // If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're
5646   // stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely,
5647   // since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never
5648   // happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite
5649   // pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen.
5650   if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept || EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
5651     assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z &&
5652            "computing composite pointer type of dependent types");
5653     return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo();
5654   }
5655 
5656   // Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to
5657   // update this function.
5658   switch (EST1) {
5659   case EST_None:
5660   case EST_DynamicNone:
5661   case EST_MSAny:
5662   case EST_BasicNoexcept:
5663   case EST_ComputedNoexcept:
5664     llvm_unreachable("handled above");
5665 
5666   case EST_Dynamic: {
5667     // This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form
5668     // the union of the two lists.
5669     assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled");
5670     llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found;
5671     for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions})
5672       for (QualType E : Exceptions)
5673         if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second)
5674           ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E);
5675 
5676     FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic);
5677     Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage;
5678     return Result;
5679   }
5680 
5681   case EST_Unevaluated:
5682   case EST_Uninstantiated:
5683   case EST_Unparsed:
5684     llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here");
5685   }
5686 
5687   llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType");
5688 }
5689 
5690 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
5691 ///
5692 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
5693 /// and @p E2 according to C++1z 5p14. It converts both expressions to this
5694 /// type and returns it.
5695 /// It does not emit diagnostics.
5696 ///
5697 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
5698 /// be converted to the composite pointer type.
5699 ///
5700 /// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type.
5701 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
5702                                         Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
5703                                         bool ConvertArgs) {
5704   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
5705 
5706   // C++1z [expr]p14:
5707   //   The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1
5708   //   and T2
5709   QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
5710 
5711   //   where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or
5712   //   std::nullptr_t is:
5713   bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() ||
5714                          T1->isNullPtrType();
5715   bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() ||
5716                          T2->isNullPtrType();
5717   if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike)
5718     return QualType();
5719 
5720   //   - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t;
5721   // This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this
5722   // to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case.
5723   //
5724   //   - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively;
5725   if (T1IsPointerLike &&
5726       E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5727     if (ConvertArgs)
5728       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType()
5729                                          ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
5730                                          : CK_NullToPointer).get();
5731     return T1;
5732   }
5733   if (T2IsPointerLike &&
5734       E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5735     if (ConvertArgs)
5736       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType()
5737                                          ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
5738                                          : CK_NullToPointer).get();
5739     return T2;
5740   }
5741 
5742   // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
5743   if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike)
5744     return QualType();
5745   assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() &&
5746          "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant");
5747 
5748   //  - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is
5749   //    "pointer to cv2 T", "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is
5750   //    the union of cv1 and cv2;
5751   //  - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is
5752   //    "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same,
5753   //    "pointer to function";
5754   //     FIXME: This rule is defective: it should also permit removing noexcept
5755   //     from a pointer to member function.  As a Clang extension, we also
5756   //     permit removing 'noreturn', so we generalize this rule to;
5757   //     - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or
5758   //       "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified
5759   //       by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied
5760   //       before checking the following rules.
5761   //  - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1
5762   //    is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3),
5763   //    the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1,
5764   //    respectively;
5765   //  - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer
5766   //    to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" where C1 is reference-related to C2 or
5767   //    C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), the cv-combined type of T2 and
5768   //    T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2, respectively;
5769   //  - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and
5770   //    T2;
5771   //
5772   // If looked at in the right way, these bullets all do the same thing.
5773   // What we do here is, we build the two possible cv-combined types, and try
5774   // the conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two
5775   // composite types are the same, we have succeeded.
5776   // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
5777   //
5778   // Note that this will fail to find a composite pointer type for "pointer
5779   // to void" and "pointer to function". We can't actually perform the final
5780   // conversion in this case, even though a composite pointer type formally
5781   // exists.
5782   SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierUnion;
5783   SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> MemberOfClass;
5784   QualType Composite1 = T1;
5785   QualType Composite2 = T2;
5786   unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
5787   while (true) {
5788     const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
5789     if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5790         (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
5791       Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
5792       Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
5793 
5794       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5795       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5796       if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5797         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5798 
5799       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5800                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5801       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
5802       continue;
5803     }
5804 
5805     const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
5806     if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
5807         (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
5808       Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
5809       Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
5810 
5811       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5812       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5813       if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5814         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5815 
5816       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5817                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5818       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
5819                                              MemPtr2->getClass()));
5820       continue;
5821     }
5822 
5823     // FIXME: block pointer types?
5824 
5825     // Cannot unwrap any more types.
5826     break;
5827   }
5828 
5829   // Apply the function pointer conversion to unify the types. We've already
5830   // unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge rather than
5831   // just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling
5832   // IsFunctionConversion.
5833   //
5834   // FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we
5835   // currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would
5836   // allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on
5837   // the side(s) where we changed anything.
5838   if (QualifierUnion.size() == 1) {
5839     if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5840       if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5841         FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo();
5842         FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo();
5843 
5844         // The result is noreturn if both operands are.
5845         bool Noreturn =
5846             EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn();
5847         EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
5848         EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
5849 
5850         // The result is nothrow if both operands are.
5851         SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage;
5852         EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec =
5853             mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec,
5854                                 ExceptionTypeStorage);
5855 
5856         Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(),
5857                                              FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1);
5858         Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(),
5859                                              FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2);
5860       }
5861     }
5862   }
5863 
5864   if (NeedConstBefore) {
5865     // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
5866     // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
5867     // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
5868     for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I)
5869       if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0)
5870         QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
5871   }
5872 
5873   // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
5874   auto MOC = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
5875   for (unsigned CVR : llvm::reverse(QualifierUnion)) {
5876     Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR);
5877     auto Classes = *MOC++;
5878     if (Classes.first && Classes.second) {
5879       // Rebuild member pointer type
5880       Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5881           Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), Classes.first);
5882       Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5883           Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), Classes.second);
5884     } else {
5885       // Rebuild pointer type
5886       Composite1 =
5887           Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
5888       Composite2 =
5889           Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
5890     }
5891   }
5892 
5893   struct Conversion {
5894     Sema &S;
5895     Expr *&E1, *&E2;
5896     QualType Composite;
5897     InitializedEntity Entity;
5898     InitializationKind Kind;
5899     InitializationSequence E1ToC, E2ToC;
5900     bool Viable;
5901 
5902     Conversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
5903                QualType Composite)
5904         : S(S), E1(E1), E2(E2), Composite(Composite),
5905           Entity(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite)),
5906           Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation())),
5907           E1ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E1), E2ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E2),
5908           Viable(E1ToC && E2ToC) {}
5909 
5910     bool perform() {
5911       ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E1);
5912       if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5913         return true;
5914       E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5915 
5916       ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E2);
5917       if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5918         return true;
5919       E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5920 
5921       return false;
5922     }
5923   };
5924 
5925   // Try to convert to each composite pointer type.
5926   Conversion C1(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite1);
5927   if (C1.Viable && Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
5928     if (ConvertArgs && C1.perform())
5929       return QualType();
5930     return C1.Composite;
5931   }
5932   Conversion C2(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite2);
5933 
5934   if (C1.Viable == C2.Viable) {
5935     // Either Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different, or
5936     // neither is viable.
5937     // FIXME: How both be viable and different?
5938     return QualType();
5939   }
5940 
5941   // Convert to the chosen type.
5942   if (ConvertArgs && (C1.Viable ? C1 : C2).perform())
5943     return QualType();
5944 
5945   return C1.Viable ? C1.Composite : C2.Composite;
5946 }
5947 
5948 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
5949   if (!E)
5950     return ExprError();
5951 
5952   assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
5953 
5954   // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
5955   if (!E->isRValue())
5956     return E;
5957 
5958   // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
5959   // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
5960   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5961       E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
5962 
5963     bool ReturnsRetained;
5964 
5965     // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
5966     // called value.
5967     if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
5968       Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
5969       QualType T = Callee->getType();
5970 
5971       if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
5972         // Handle pointer-to-members.
5973         if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
5974           T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
5975         else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
5976           T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
5977       }
5978 
5979       if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
5980         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5981       else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
5982         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5983       else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
5984         T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5985 
5986       const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
5987       assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
5988       ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
5989 
5990     // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
5991     // type always produce a +1 object.
5992     } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
5993       ReturnsRetained = true;
5994 
5995     // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
5996     // we don't want any extra casts here.
5997     } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
5998                isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
5999       return E;
6000 
6001     // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
6002     // actual method.  FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
6003     // cases where we don't have an actual method.
6004     } else {
6005       ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
6006       if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
6007         D = Send->getMethodDecl();
6008       } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
6009         D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
6010       } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
6011         D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
6012       } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
6013                                         = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
6014         D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
6015       }
6016 
6017       ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
6018 
6019       // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
6020       // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
6021       // return an object.
6022       if (!ReturnsRetained &&
6023           D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
6024         return E;
6025     }
6026 
6027     // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
6028     if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
6029       return E;
6030 
6031     Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
6032 
6033     CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
6034                                    : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
6035     return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
6036                                     VK_RValue);
6037   }
6038 
6039   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6040     return E;
6041 
6042   // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
6043   // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
6044   const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
6045   const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
6046   while (!RT) {
6047     switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
6048     case Type::Record:
6049       RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
6050       break;
6051     case Type::ConstantArray:
6052     case Type::IncompleteArray:
6053     case Type::VariableArray:
6054     case Type::DependentSizedArray:
6055       T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
6056       break;
6057     default:
6058       return E;
6059     }
6060   }
6061 
6062   // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
6063   // not processing a decltype expression.
6064   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
6065   if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
6066     return E;
6067 
6068   bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype;
6069   CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
6070 
6071   if (Destructor) {
6072     MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
6073     CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
6074                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
6075                             << E->getType());
6076     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
6077       return ExprError();
6078 
6079     // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
6080     if (Destructor->isTrivial())
6081       return E;
6082 
6083     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
6084     Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
6085   }
6086 
6087   CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
6088   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);
6089 
6090   if (IsDecltype)
6091     ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);
6092 
6093   return Bind;
6094 }
6095 
6096 ExprResult
6097 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
6098   if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
6099     return ExprError();
6100 
6101   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
6102 }
6103 
6104 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
6105   assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
6106 
6107   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
6108 
6109   unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
6110   assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
6111   assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() ||
6112          ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
6113   if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
6114     return SubExpr;
6115 
6116   auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
6117                                      ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
6118 
6119   auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(
6120       Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups);
6121   DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
6122 
6123   return E;
6124 }
6125 
6126 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
6127   assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
6128 
6129   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
6130 
6131   if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
6132     return SubStmt;
6133 
6134   // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
6135   // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
6136   // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
6137   // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
6138   CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt,
6139                                                       SourceLocation(),
6140                                                       SourceLocation());
6141   Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
6142                                    SourceLocation());
6143   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
6144 }
6145 
6146 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
6147 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
6148 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
6149 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
6150 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
6151   assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression");
6152 
6153   // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
6154   //   If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
6155   // -- if the function call is either
6156   //   -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
6157   //   -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
6158   //      decltype-specifier,
6159   //   a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.
6160 
6161   // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
6162   // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
6163   if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
6164     ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
6165     if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
6166       return ExprError();
6167     if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
6168       return E;
6169     return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
6170   }
6171   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6172     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
6173       ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
6174       if (RHS.isInvalid())
6175         return ExprError();
6176       if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
6177         return E;
6178       return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
6179           BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
6180           BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable());
6181     }
6182   }
6183 
6184   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
6185   CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
6186                               : nullptr;
6187   if (TopCall)
6188     E = TopCall;
6189   else
6190     TopBind = nullptr;
6191 
6192   // Disable the special decltype handling now.
6193   ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false;
6194 
6195   // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
6196   // decltype expression.
6197   if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
6198     return E;
6199 
6200   // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
6201   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
6202        I != N; ++I) {
6203     CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
6204     if (Call == TopCall)
6205       continue;
6206 
6207     if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
6208                             Call->getLocStart(),
6209                             Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
6210       return ExprError();
6211   }
6212 
6213   // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
6214   // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
6215   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
6216        I != N; ++I) {
6217     CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
6218       ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
6219     if (Bind == TopBind)
6220       continue;
6221 
6222     CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();
6223 
6224     CXXRecordDecl *RD =
6225       Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6226     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
6227     Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);
6228 
6229     MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
6230     CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
6231                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
6232                             << Bind->getType());
6233     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
6234       return ExprError();
6235 
6236     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
6237     Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
6238   }
6239 
6240   // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
6241   return E;
6242 }
6243 
6244 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
6245 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
6246                                ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
6247   unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
6248   // FIXME: Make this configurable?
6249   unsigned Limit = 9;
6250   if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
6251     // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
6252     SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
6253     SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
6254   }
6255 
6256   for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
6257     if (I == SkipStart) {
6258       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
6259              diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
6260           << SkipCount;
6261       I += SkipCount;
6262     } else {
6263       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
6264           << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
6265       ++I;
6266     }
6267   }
6268 }
6269 
6270 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6271                                               SourceLocation OpLoc,
6272                                               tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6273                                               ParsedType &ObjectType,
6274                                               bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
6275   // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
6276   ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
6277   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6278   Base = Result.get();
6279 
6280   Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
6281   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6282   Base = Result.get();
6283 
6284   QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
6285   MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
6286   if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
6287     // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
6288     // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
6289     // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
6290     if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
6291       if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
6292         BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
6293 
6294     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6295     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6296     return Base;
6297   }
6298 
6299   // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
6300   //   [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied  to the value
6301   //   returned, with the original second operand.
6302   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
6303     QualType StartingType = BaseType;
6304     bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
6305     bool FirstIteration = true;
6306     FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
6307     // The set of types we've considered so far.
6308     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
6309     SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
6310     CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
6311 
6312     while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
6313       if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
6314         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
6315           << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
6316         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
6317         Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
6318           << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
6319         return ExprError();
6320       }
6321 
6322       Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
6323           S, Base, OpLoc,
6324           // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
6325           // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
6326           // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
6327           // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
6328           (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
6329               ? nullptr
6330               : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
6331       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6332         if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
6333           if (FirstIteration) {
6334             Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
6335               << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
6336               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
6337             OpKind = tok::period;
6338             break;
6339           }
6340           Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
6341             << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
6342           CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
6343           if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
6344             Diag(CD->getLocStart(),
6345                  diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
6346           }
6347         }
6348         return ExprError();
6349       }
6350       Base = Result.get();
6351       if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
6352         OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
6353       BaseType = Base->getType();
6354       CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
6355       if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
6356         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
6357         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
6358         return ExprError();
6359       }
6360       FirstIteration = false;
6361     }
6362 
6363     if (OpKind == tok::arrow &&
6364         (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))
6365       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
6366   }
6367 
6368   // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
6369   // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
6370   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6371     BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
6372 
6373   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
6374   //   [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
6375   //   type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
6376   //   postfix-expression.
6377   //
6378   // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
6379   // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
6380   // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and
6381   // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor
6382   // call.  We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process,
6383   // so just skip this check for ObjC types.
6384   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
6385     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6386     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6387     return Base;
6388   } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
6389     ObjectType = nullptr;
6390     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6391     return Base;
6392   }
6393 
6394   // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
6395   // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
6396   //   Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
6397   //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
6398   //   the member function body.
6399   if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
6400       !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
6401       RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
6402     return ExprError();
6403 
6404   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
6405   //   If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
6406   //   unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
6407   //   type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
6408   //   up in the scope of class C. [...]
6409   ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6410   return Base;
6411 }
6412 
6413 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
6414                    tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
6415   if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6416     ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
6417     if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
6418     Base = result.get();
6419   }
6420   ObjectType = Base->getType();
6421 
6422   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6423   //   The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
6424   //   left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
6425   //   This scalar type is the object type.
6426   // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
6427   // arrow operator.
6428   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
6429     if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
6430       ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
6431     } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
6432       // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it.
6433       S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
6434         << ObjectType << true
6435         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
6436       if (S.isSFINAEContext())
6437         return true;
6438 
6439       OpKind = tok::period;
6440     }
6441   }
6442 
6443   return false;
6444 }
6445 
6446 /// \brief Check if it's ok to try and recover dot pseudo destructor calls on
6447 /// pointer objects.
6448 static bool
6449 canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(Sema &SemaRef,
6450                                                    QualType DestructedType) {
6451   // If this is a record type, check if its destructor is callable.
6452   if (auto *RD = DestructedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
6453     if (CXXDestructorDecl *D = SemaRef.LookupDestructor(RD))
6454       return SemaRef.CanUseDecl(D, /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
6455     return false;
6456   }
6457 
6458   // Otherwise, check if it's a type for which it's valid to use a pseudo-dtor.
6459   return DestructedType->isDependentType() || DestructedType->isScalarType() ||
6460          DestructedType->isVectorType();
6461 }
6462 
6463 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
6464                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6465                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6466                                            const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6467                                            TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
6468                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
6469                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6470                                          PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
6471   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
6472 
6473   QualType ObjectType;
6474   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6475     return ExprError();
6476 
6477   if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
6478       !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
6479     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
6480       Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
6481     else {
6482       Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
6483         << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
6484       return ExprError();
6485     }
6486   }
6487 
6488   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6489   //   [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
6490   //   designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
6491   if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
6492     QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
6493     SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
6494       = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
6495     if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
6496       if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
6497         // Detect dot pseudo destructor calls on pointer objects, e.g.:
6498         //   Foo *foo;
6499         //   foo.~Foo();
6500         if (OpKind == tok::period && ObjectType->isPointerType() &&
6501             Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType,
6502                                            ObjectType->getPointeeType())) {
6503           auto Diagnostic =
6504               Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
6505               << ObjectType << /*IsArrow=*/0 << Base->getSourceRange();
6506 
6507           // Issue a fixit only when the destructor is valid.
6508           if (canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(
6509                   *this, DestructedType))
6510             Diagnostic << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
6511 
6512           // Recover by setting the object type to the destructed type and the
6513           // operator to '->'.
6514           ObjectType = DestructedType;
6515           OpKind = tok::arrow;
6516         } else {
6517           Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
6518               << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
6519               << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6520 
6521           // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6522           DestructedType = ObjectType;
6523           DestructedTypeInfo =
6524               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, DestructedTypeStart);
6525           Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6526         }
6527       } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
6528                                                 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
6529 
6530         if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6531           // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
6532           // type.
6533         } else {
6534           Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
6535             << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
6536             << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6537         }
6538 
6539         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6540         DestructedType = ObjectType;
6541         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
6542                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
6543         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6544       }
6545     }
6546   }
6547 
6548   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6549   //   [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
6550   //   form
6551   //
6552   //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
6553   //
6554   //   shall designate the same scalar type.
6555   if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
6556     QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
6557     if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
6558         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
6559 
6560       Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
6561            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
6562         << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
6563         << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6564 
6565       ScopeType = QualType();
6566       ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6567     }
6568   }
6569 
6570   Expr *Result
6571     = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
6572                                             OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
6573                                             SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
6574                                             ScopeTypeInfo,
6575                                             CCLoc,
6576                                             TildeLoc,
6577                                             Destructed);
6578 
6579   return Result;
6580 }
6581 
6582 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6583                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6584                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6585                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6586                                            UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
6587                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
6588                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6589                                            UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
6590   assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6591           FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
6592          "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
6593   assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6594           SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
6595          "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
6596 
6597   QualType ObjectType;
6598   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6599     return ExprError();
6600 
6601   // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
6602   // record types and dependent types matter.
6603   ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
6604   if (!SS.isSet()) {
6605     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
6606       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
6607     else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
6608       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
6609   }
6610 
6611   // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
6612   // type (with source-location information).
6613   QualType DestructedType;
6614   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
6615   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
6616   if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6617     ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
6618                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
6619                                S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup,
6620                                /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
6621     if (!T &&
6622         ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
6623          (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
6624       // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
6625       // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
6626       // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
6627       // template instantiation time.
6628       Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
6629                                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6630     } else if (!T) {
6631       Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
6632            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6633         << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6634       if (isSFINAEContext())
6635         return ExprError();
6636 
6637       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
6638       DestructedType = ObjectType;
6639     } else
6640       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
6641   } else {
6642     // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6643     TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
6644     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6645                                        TemplateId->NumArgs);
6646     TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6647                                        TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6648                                        TemplateId->Template,
6649                                        TemplateId->Name,
6650                                        TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6651                                        TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6652                                        TemplateArgsPtr,
6653                                        TemplateId->RAngleLoc,
6654                                        /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
6655     if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6656       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
6657       DestructedType = ObjectType;
6658     } else
6659       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
6660   }
6661 
6662   // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
6663   // information.
6664   if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
6665     if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
6666       DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
6667                                                   SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6668     Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6669   }
6670 
6671   // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
6672   TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6673   QualType ScopeType;
6674   if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6675       FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
6676     if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6677       ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
6678                                  FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6679                                  S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup,
6680                                  /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
6681       if (!T) {
6682         Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6683              diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6684           << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6685 
6686         if (isSFINAEContext())
6687           return ExprError();
6688 
6689         // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
6690         ScopeType = QualType();
6691       } else
6692         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
6693     } else {
6694       // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6695       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
6696       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6697                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
6698       TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6699                                          TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6700                                          TemplateId->Template,
6701                                          TemplateId->Name,
6702                                          TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6703                                          TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6704                                          TemplateArgsPtr,
6705                                          TemplateId->RAngleLoc,
6706                                          /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
6707       if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6708         // Recover by dropping this type.
6709         ScopeType = QualType();
6710       } else
6711         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
6712     }
6713   }
6714 
6715   if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
6716     ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
6717                                                   FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
6718 
6719 
6720   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
6721                                    ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
6722                                    Destructed);
6723 }
6724 
6725 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6726                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6727                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6728                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6729                                            const DeclSpec& DS) {
6730   QualType ObjectType;
6731   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6732     return ExprError();
6733 
6734   QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
6735                                  false);
6736 
6737   TypeLocBuilder TLB;
6738   DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
6739   DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
6740   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
6741   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
6742 
6743   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
6744                                    nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
6745                                    Destructed);
6746 }
6747 
6748 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
6749                                         CXXConversionDecl *Method,
6750                                         bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
6751   if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
6752       Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
6753     // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
6754     // is a LambdaExpr.
6755     Expr *SubE = E;
6756     CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
6757     if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
6758       SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
6759     SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
6760     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
6761       SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
6762     if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
6763       // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
6764       // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
6765       // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
6766       // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
6767       // autoreleased.
6768       DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
6769       PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated);
6770       ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(),
6771                                                      E->getExprLoc(),
6772                                                      Method, E);
6773       PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
6774 
6775       if (Exp.isInvalid())
6776         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
6777       return Exp;
6778     }
6779   }
6780 
6781   ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
6782                                           FoundDecl, Method);
6783   if (Exp.isInvalid())
6784     return true;
6785 
6786   MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(
6787       Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(),
6788       Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
6789   if (HadMultipleCandidates)
6790     ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
6791   MarkMemberReferenced(ME);
6792 
6793   QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
6794   ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
6795   ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
6796 
6797   CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
6798     new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK,
6799                                     Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
6800 
6801   if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, CE,
6802                         Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()))
6803     return ExprError();
6804 
6805   return CE;
6806 }
6807 
6808 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
6809                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
6810   // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
6811   // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
6812   // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
6813   ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
6814   if (R.isInvalid())
6815     return R;
6816 
6817   // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type.
6818   Operand = R.get();
6819 
6820   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6821       Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
6822     // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
6823     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
6824     Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
6825   }
6826 
6827   CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
6828   return new (Context)
6829       CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
6830 }
6831 
6832 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
6833                                    Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
6834   return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
6835 }
6836 
6837 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
6838   // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
6839   // according to [expr]p10:
6840   //   The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
6841   //   expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
6842   //   one of the following forms:
6843   E = E->IgnoreParens();
6844 
6845   //   - id-expression (5.1.1),
6846   if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6847     return true;
6848 
6849   //   - subscripting (5.2.1),
6850   if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
6851     return true;
6852 
6853   //   - class member access (5.2.5),
6854   if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
6855     return true;
6856 
6857   //   - indirection (5.3.1),
6858   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
6859     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
6860       return true;
6861 
6862   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6863     //   - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
6864     if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
6865       return true;
6866 
6867     //   - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
6868     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
6869       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
6870   }
6871 
6872   //   - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
6873   //     operands are one of the above, or
6874   if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
6875     return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
6876            IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6877   // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
6878   if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
6879           dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6880     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
6881       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
6882              IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
6883   }
6884 
6885   // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
6886   if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
6887     return true;
6888 
6889   return false;
6890 }
6891 
6892 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
6893 /// context that ignores the result.
6894 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
6895   if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6896     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
6897     if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
6898     E = result.get();
6899   }
6900 
6901   // C99 6.3.2.1:
6902   //   [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
6903   //   array type is converted to the value stored in the
6904   //   designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
6905   if (E->isRValue()) {
6906     // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
6907     // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
6908     // on them.  This is both technically correct and convenient for
6909     // some clients.
6910     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
6911       return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6912 
6913     return E;
6914   }
6915 
6916   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)  {
6917     // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
6918     // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
6919     // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
6920     // conversion.
6921     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
6922         E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
6923         IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
6924       ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
6925       if (Res.isInvalid())
6926         return E;
6927       E = Res.get();
6928     }
6929 
6930     // C++1z:
6931     //   If the expression is a prvalue after this optional conversion, the
6932     //   temporary materialization conversion is applied.
6933     //
6934     // We skip this step: IR generation is able to synthesize the storage for
6935     // itself in the aggregate case, and adding the extra node to the AST is
6936     // just clutter.
6937     // FIXME: We don't emit lifetime markers for the temporaries due to this.
6938     // FIXME: Do any other AST consumers care about this?
6939     return E;
6940   }
6941 
6942   // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
6943   if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6944     if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
6945       // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
6946       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
6947       return E;
6948     }
6949   }
6950 
6951   ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
6952   if (Res.isInvalid())
6953     return E;
6954   E = Res.get();
6955 
6956   if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
6957     RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
6958                         diag::err_incomplete_type);
6959   return E;
6960 }
6961 
6962 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
6963 // in a constant expression, return true.
6964 //  - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
6965 //    we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
6966 //  - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
6967 //    it can be used to initialize a constant expression.  If Init can not
6968 //    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
6969 //    never be a constant expression.
6970 //  - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
6971 //    identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
6972 //      - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
6973 //        delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
6974 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
6975     ASTContext &Context) {
6976   if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
6977   const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
6978 
6979   // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
6980   if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
6981   assert(DefVD);
6982   if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
6983   EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
6984 
6985   Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
6986 
6987   if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
6988     // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
6989     // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
6990     // initializer is a potential constant expression.
6991     return false;
6992   }
6993 
6994   return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
6995 }
6996 
6997 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
6998 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
6999 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
7000 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any
7001 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
7002 /// need to be captured.
7003 
7004 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
7005     Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
7006 
7007   assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
7008   assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
7009 #ifndef NDEBUG
7010   DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
7011   while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
7012     DC = DC->getParent();
7013   assert(
7014       CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC &&
7015       "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");
7016 #endif // NDEBUG
7017 
7018   const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();
7019 
7020   ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef(
7021       S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size());
7022 
7023   // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
7024   // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
7025   // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
7026   const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures =
7027       CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures();
7028   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) {
7029     Expr *VarExpr = nullptr;
7030     VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
7031     CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr);
7032     // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
7033     // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
7034     // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
7035     // For e.g.:
7036     // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
7037     // int test() {
7038     //   const int x = 10;
7039     //   auto L = [=](auto a) {
7040     //     (void) +x + a;
7041     //   };
7042     // }
7043     if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
7044         !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
7045       continue;
7046 
7047     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
7048     // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
7049     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
7050             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
7051                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) {
7052       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
7053       MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S,
7054                          &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
7055     }
7056     const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
7057         VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
7058     if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
7059       // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
7060       // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
7061       // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
7062       // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
7063       // This is purely for diagnosing errors early.  Otherwise, this
7064       // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
7065       QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
7066       SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
7067       if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
7068                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
7069                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
7070                           DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
7071         // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
7072         // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
7073         S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
7074                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
7075                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
7076                           DeclRefType, nullptr);
7077       }
7078     }
7079   }
7080 
7081   // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
7082   if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
7083     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
7084     // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
7085     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
7086             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
7087                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
7088       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
7089       S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
7090                             /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
7091                             &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
7092     }
7093   }
7094 
7095   // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
7096   CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
7097 }
7098 
7099 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
7100                                   const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
7101                                   const TypoCorrection &TC) {
7102   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
7103                  Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
7104   const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
7105   CXXScopeSpec NewSS;
7106 
7107   // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
7108   if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
7109     NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
7110   else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
7111     NewSS = *SS;
7112 
7113   if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) {
7114     R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
7115     R.addDecl(ND);
7116     if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
7117       // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
7118       CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
7119       if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
7120         Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
7121       if (!Record)
7122         Record =
7123             dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
7124       if (Record)
7125         R.setNamingClass(Record);
7126 
7127       // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
7128       // member.
7129       bool MightBeImplicitMember;
7130       if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
7131         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
7132       else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
7133         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
7134       else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
7135         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
7136       else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
7137         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
7138       else
7139         MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
7140                                 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
7141                                 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);
7142 
7143       if (MightBeImplicitMember)
7144         return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
7145             NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
7146             /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
7147     } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
7148       return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
7149                                         Ivar->getIdentifier());
7150     }
7151   }
7152 
7153   return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
7154                                           /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
7155 }
7156 
7157 namespace {
7158 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
7159   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;
7160 
7161 public:
7162   explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
7163       : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
7164   bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
7165     TypoExprs.insert(TE);
7166     return true;
7167   }
7168 };
7169 
7170 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
7171   typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;
7172 
7173   VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
7174                      // process of being initialized.
7175   llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
7176   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
7177   llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
7178   llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;
7179 
7180   /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
7181   /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
7182   /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
7183   /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
7184   void EmitAllDiagnostics() {
7185     for (auto E : TypoExprs) {
7186       TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E);
7187       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
7188       if (State.DiagHandler) {
7189         TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
7190         ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE];
7191 
7192         // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
7193         // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
7194         // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
7195         // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
7196         // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
7197         if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
7198                 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
7199           TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
7200 
7201         State.DiagHandler(TC);
7202       }
7203       SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
7204     }
7205   }
7206 
7207   /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
7208   /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
7209   /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
7210   /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
7211   /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
7212   /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
7213   /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
7214   /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
7215   /// of corrections.
7216   bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
7217     for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
7218       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
7219       TransformCache.erase(TE);
7220       if (!State.Consumer->finished())
7221         return true;
7222       State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
7223     }
7224     return false;
7225   }
7226 
7227   NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
7228     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
7229       E = OverloadResolution[OE];
7230 
7231     if (!E)
7232       return nullptr;
7233     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
7234       return DRE->getFoundDecl();
7235     if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
7236       return ME->getFoundDecl();
7237     // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
7238     // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
7239     // contain multiple decls.
7240     return nullptr;
7241   }
7242 
7243   ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
7244     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
7245     ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
7246     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
7247       return ExprError();
7248 
7249     return ExprFilter(Res.get());
7250   }
7251 
7252 public:
7253   TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
7254       : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
7255 
7256   ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7257                                    MultiExprArg Args,
7258                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7259                                    Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
7260     auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
7261                                                  RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
7262     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
7263       if (Result.isUsable()) {
7264         Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
7265         if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
7266           ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
7267         if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
7268           OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
7269       }
7270     }
7271     return Result;
7272   }
7273 
7274   ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
7275 
7276   ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
7277 
7278   ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
7279     ExprResult Res;
7280     while (true) {
7281       Res = TryTransform(E);
7282 
7283       // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs
7284       // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates..
7285       if (!Res.isInvalid() ||
7286           !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
7287         break;
7288     }
7289 
7290     // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
7291     // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
7292     // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when
7293     // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction.
7294     // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when
7295     // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will
7296     // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction
7297     // candidates and add little to no value if corrected.
7298     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
7299     while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
7300       auto TE  = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
7301       auto Cached = TransformCache[TE];
7302       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
7303       State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
7304       TransformCache.erase(TE);
7305       if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) {
7306         State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
7307         TransformCache.erase(TE);
7308         Res = ExprError();
7309         break;
7310       }
7311       AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
7312       State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
7313       TransformCache[TE] = Cached;
7314     }
7315     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false;
7316 
7317     // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found.
7318     if (!Res.isUsable())
7319       FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);
7320 
7321     EmitAllDiagnostics();
7322 
7323     return Res;
7324   }
7325 
7326   ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
7327     // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
7328     // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
7329     // first one that was encountered.
7330     auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
7331     if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
7332       return CacheEntry;
7333     }
7334 
7335     auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
7336     assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");
7337 
7338     // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
7339     // typo correction and return it.
7340     while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
7341       if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl)
7342         continue;
7343       // FIXME: If we would typo-correct to an invalid declaration, it's
7344       // probably best to just suppress all errors from this typo correction.
7345       ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
7346           State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
7347           attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
7348       if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
7349         // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
7350         // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
7351         // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
7352         TypoCorrection Next;
7353         if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
7354             Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
7355           AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
7356         } else {
7357           AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
7358         }
7359         assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
7360                "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
7361         return CacheEntry = NE;
7362       }
7363     }
7364     return CacheEntry = ExprError();
7365   }
7366 };
7367 }
7368 
7369 ExprResult
7370 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
7371                                 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
7372   // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
7373   // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
7374   // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
7375   if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
7376       (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
7377        E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
7378     auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos;
7379     assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr");
7380     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U;
7381     auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
7382     auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
7383     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext;
7384     TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
7385     if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
7386       ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
7387       return Result;
7388     }
7389     assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
7390   }
7391   return E;
7392 }
7393 
7394 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
7395                                      bool DiscardedValue,
7396                                      bool IsConstexpr,
7397                                      bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) {
7398   ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
7399 
7400   if (!FullExpr.get())
7401     return ExprError();
7402 
7403   // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not
7404   // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr
7405   // containing full-expression is done).
7406   // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) {
7407   //   test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now.
7408   //     return a;
7409   //   }() ...);
7410   // }
7411   // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope
7412   // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not
7413   // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a
7414   // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a
7415   // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a
7416   // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the
7417   // parser/instantiation has got to).
7418   if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer &&
7419       DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
7420     return ExprError();
7421 
7422   // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
7423   if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
7424       FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
7425     FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
7426     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7427       return ExprError();
7428   }
7429 
7430   if (DiscardedValue) {
7431     FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
7432     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7433       return ExprError();
7434 
7435     FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
7436     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7437       return ExprError();
7438   }
7439 
7440   FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
7441   if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7442     return ExprError();
7443 
7444   CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);
7445 
7446   // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
7447   // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
7448   // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
7449   // Consider the following code:
7450   // void f(int, int);
7451   // void f(const int&, double);
7452   // void foo() {
7453   //  const int x = 10, y = 20;
7454   //  auto L = [=](auto a) {
7455   //      auto M = [=](auto b) {
7456   //         f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
7457   //         f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
7458   //      };
7459   //   };
7460   // }
7461 
7462   // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
7463   // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
7464   //   void f() {
7465   //     const int n = 0;
7466   //     auto L =  [&](auto a) {
7467   //       +n + ({ 0; a; });
7468   //     };
7469   //   }
7470   //
7471   // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
7472   // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
7473   // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
7474   // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.
7475 
7476   LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI =
7477       getCurLambda(/*IgnoreCapturedRegions=*/true);
7478   // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
7479   // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
7480   // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
7481   // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
7482   // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
7483   // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
7484   // PR, a proper fix would entail :
7485   //   "Alternative suggestion:
7486   //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
7487   //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
7488   //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
7489   //     constructor/destructor.
7490   //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
7491   //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
7492   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
7493   while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
7494     DC = DC->getParent();
7495   const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(DC);
7496   if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
7497       CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
7498     CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
7499                                                               *this);
7500   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
7501 }
7502 
7503 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
7504   if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
7505 
7506   return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
7507 }
7508 
7509 Sema::IfExistsResult
7510 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
7511                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7512                                    const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
7513   DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
7514   if (!TargetName)
7515     return IER_DoesNotExist;
7516 
7517   // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
7518   if (TargetName.isDependentName())
7519     return IER_Dependent;
7520 
7521   // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
7522   LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
7523                  Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
7524   LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
7525   R.suppressDiagnostics();
7526 
7527   switch (R.getResultKind()) {
7528   case LookupResult::Found:
7529   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
7530   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
7531   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
7532     return IER_Exists;
7533 
7534   case LookupResult::NotFound:
7535     return IER_DoesNotExist;
7536 
7537   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
7538     return IER_Dependent;
7539   }
7540 
7541   llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
7542 }
7543 
7544 Sema::IfExistsResult
7545 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
7546                                    bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7547                                    UnqualifiedId &Name) {
7548   DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
7549 
7550   // Check for an unexpanded parameter pack.
7551   auto UPPC = IsIfExists ? UPPC_IfExists : UPPC_IfNotExists;
7552   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SS, UPPC) ||
7553       DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TargetNameInfo, UPPC))
7554     return IER_Error;
7555 
7556   return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
7557 }
7558